Tcgbutopia G8

UTOPIA
G8 SERIES
Technical Catalog
Outdoor Units: 2 ~ 10 HP
Indoor Units Type:
4-Way Cassette
2-Way Cassette
Ceiling
In-the-Ceiling
Wall
Floor
Floor Concealed
Specifications in this catalogue are subject to change without notice in order that
HITACHI may bring the latest innovations to their customers
Whilst every effort is made to ensure that all dimensions and specifications are correct,
any printers' errors not rectified are outside the control of HITACHI, who cannot be held
responsible for same
CONTENTS 0/1
0 CONTENTS
PART I TECHNICAL DATA PART II INSTALLATION DATA
1 FEATURES AND BENEFITS 10 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND REFRIGERANT

1.1. System description 1/2 CHARGE
1.2. Installation advantages 1/5 10.1. Piping Materials 10/2
1.3. Wide range of control systems 1/7 10.2. Three principles on Refrigerant Piping Work 10/3
1.4. Indoor units 1/9 10.3. Suspension of Refrigerant Piping 10/4
1.5. Complementary systems 1/14 10.4. Piping connection for RCI Unit 10/4
10.5. Piping Connection for RCD Unit 10/4
2 GENERAL DATA 10.6. Piping connection for RPC Unit 10/5
2.1. General Data for Indoor Units 2/2 10.7. Piping connection for RPI Unit 10/6
2.2. RAS - UTOPIA G8 Outdoor Type 2/9 10.8. Piping connection for RPK Unit 10/7
2.3 RAS - UTOPIA BIG G8 Outdoor Type 2/10 10.9. Piping connection for RPF and RPFI Units 10/7
2.4. RAS - UTOPIA BIG G8 Centrifugal Type 2/11 10.10. Piping connection for RAS UTOPIA
2.5. Complementary Systems 2/12 Outdoor Unit 10/8
2.6. Component Data for Indoor Units 2/13 10.11. Piping connection for RAS - UTOPIA BIG
2.7. Component data for Outdoor Units 2/16 Outdoor Unit 10/9
2.8 Name of parts 2/18 10.12. Piping connection for RASC - Centrifugal
Outdoor Unit 10/10
3 DIMENSIONAL DATA 10.13. Piping and Refrigerant Charge 10/11
3.1. Indoor Units 3/2 10.14. Refrigerant Charging Quantity 10/19
3.2. Complementary Systems 3/17
3.3. Outdoor Units 3/19 11 ELECTRICAL WIRING
11.1 General Check 11/2
4 CAPACITIES AND SELECTION DATA 11.2 Setting of DIP switches for Outdoor Unit 11/2
4.1. System Selection Procedure 4/2 11.3 Setting of DIP switches for Indoor Unit and
4.2. Combinability 4/9 complementary systems 11/3
4.3. Standard Cooling and Heating capacity tables 4/10 11.4 Common Wiring 11/4
4.4. Cooling Capacity table 4/12 11.5 H-LINK System 11/6
4.5. Heating Capacity table 4/13 11.6 PSC-5HR 11/9
4.6. Correction Factors 4/14
4.7. Fan Performance 4/16 12 AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS
4.8. Temperature Distribution Diagrams 4/19 12.1. Indoor Units Available Optional Functions 12/2
4.9. Sound Data 4/25 12.2. Outdoor Units Avalilable Optional Functions 12/2
4.10. Operation Space 4/40 12.3. Remote Controllers Available Optional
Functions 12/3
5 WORKING RANGE
5.1. Power supply 5/2 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
5.2. Temperature Range 5/2 13.1. Alarm Codes 13/2
5.3. Refrigerant Piping Length 5/2
6 ELECTRICAL DATA
6.1. Indoor Units 6/2
6.2 Complementary System - KPI 6/2
6.2. Outdoor Unit 6/3
7 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

7.1. Combination 7/2
7.2. Electrical Wiring Diagrams Indoor Units 7/3
7.3. Electrical Wiring Diagrams Outdoor Units 7/14
8 REFRIGERANT CYCLE
8.1. Refrigerant Cycle Utopia Outdoor Unit 8/2
8.2. Refrigerant Cycle Utopia Big Oudoor Unit 8/6
8.3. Refrigerant Cycle Heat Pump Centrifugal
Outdoor Unit 8/10
9 REMOTE CONTROLLERS OPERATION

9.1 Liquid Crystal Remote Control Switch
(PC-P1HE) 9/2
9.2 Optional Remote Controller (PC-P5H) 9/7
9.3 Optional Wireless Remote Control Switch,
PC-LH3A 9/8
9.4 Optional 7-Day Timer (PSC-5T) 9/13
9.5 Optional Central Station (PSC-5S) 9/18
9.6 Optional Accessories for RCS 9/24
0/2 CONTENTS
Units Code List

! NOTE:
Please check, according to the model name, which is your air conditioner type and how it is
MODELS CODIFICATION
abbreviated and referred to in this technical catalogue.
INDOOR UNITS FSN(E/M)

4-Way-Cassette 2-Way-Cassette Ceiling In-The-Ceiling
Unit Code Unit Code Unit Code Unit Code
RCI1.5FSN1E 7E861619 RCD1.5FSN 60277814 RPI1.5FSNE 7E877304
RCI2.0FSN1E 7E861621 RCD2.0FSN 60277815 RPC2.0FSNE 7E872055 RPI2.0FSNE 7E872024
RCI3.5FSN1E 7E871779 RPC3.5FSNE 7E872057 RPI3.5FSNE 7E872035
RCI6.0FSN1E 7E871794 RPC6.0FSNE 7E872061 RPI6.0FSNE 7E872034
RPI-8HG7E 70786723
RPI-10HG7E 70786733
RCI RCD RPC RPI
INDOOR UNITS FSN(E/M)

Wall Floor Floor Concealed
Unit Code Unit Code Unit Code
RPK1.5FSNM 60277825 RPF1.5FSNE 7E877716 RPFI1.5FSNE 7E877720
RPK2.0FSNM 60277826 RPF2.0FSNE 7E877309 RPFI2.0FSNE 7E877311
RPK-2.5FSNM 60277844 RPF2.5FSNE 7E877310 RPFI2.5FSNE 7E877312
RPK-3-0FSNM 60277845
RPK-3.5FSNM 60277846
RPK RPF RPFI
RPI- 3.0 F S N (1) (E)

Unit Type
(Indoor Unit)
RCI - RCD - E: Made in Europe
RPC - RPI M: Made in Malaysia
RPK - RPF - RPF(I) Series : Made in Japan
N: R410A
Compatible
Compressor Power (HP)
1.5 - 2.0 - 2.5 - 3.0 - 3.5 - 4.0 - 5.0 - 6.0 H-Link Set-Free / System
Free
CONTENTS 0/3
UTOPIA OUTDOOR UNITS

Heat Pump Cooling Only
Single Phase Three Phase Single Phase Three Phase
Model Code Model Code Model Code Model Code
RAS-2HGV8E 7E851625 - - RAS-2AGV8E 7E851525 - -
RAS-2.5HGV8E 7E851623 RAS-2.5HG8E 7E851620 RAS-2.5AGV8E 7E851523 RAS-2.5AG8E 7E851522
RAS-3HGV8E 7E872504 RAS-3HG8E 7E872541 RAS-3AGV8E 7E886248 RAS-3AG8E 7E886243
RAS-3.5HGV8E 7E873404 RAS-3.5HG8E 7E873441 RAS-3.5AGV8E 7E882348 RAS-3.5AG8E 7E882343
RAS-4HGV8E 7E873504 RAS-4HG8E 7E873541 RAS-4AGV8E 7E882258 RAS-4AG8E 7E882253
- - RAS-5HG8E 7E874441 - - RAS-5AG8E 7E882263
- - RAS-6HG8E 7E875541 - - RAS-6AG8E 7E882273
1~ 3~ 1~ 3~
UTOPIA BIG OUTDOOR UNITS CENTRIFUGAL OUTDOOR UNIT

Heat Pump Cooling Only Heat Pump
Model Code Model Code Model Code
RAS-8HG8E 7E870530 RAS-8AG8E 7E870630 RASC-5HG8E 70874441
RAS-10HG8E 7E870535 RAS-10AG8E 7E870635
3~ 3~ 3~
RAS(C)- 4(H/A)G(V)8E
Unit Type RAS
(Outdoor Unit) E: Made in Europe
Centrifugal Type H: Heat pump

A: Cooling Series number
Compressor Power Only
V: Single phase series
(HP) : Three phases series
2.0 - 2.5 - 3 - 3.5 - 4 Scroll Compressor
5 - 6 - 8 - 10 R407C
0/4 CONTENTS
COMPLEMENTARY SYSTEMS
Accesory Name Code Figure
KPI-2521 Total Heat Exchanger 60277481
EF-5GE Econofresh Kit 7E774148
ACCESSORIES CODE LIST

D-2AVE Drier R407C 7E799901
D-2HVE Drier R407C 7E799902
D-10AVE Drier R407C 7E799903
D-10HVE Drier R407C 7E799904
PC-P1HE Remote Control Switch 7E799954
PSC-5S Central Station 60291050
PSC-5T 7 Day Timer 60291052
PC-P5H Optional Remote Controller 60290879

CONTENTS 0/5
PC-LH3A Wireless Control Switch 60291059
Receiver Kit
PC-RLH11 (for RCI ,RCD, RPC, RPI, RPK,RPF(I) 60291109
on the wall)
Receiver kit
PC-RLH8 60299961
(for RCI-FSN1E on the panel)
Receiver Kit (2-Wires)

PC-RLH9 60291107
(for RCD on the panel)
PSC-5HR H-LINK Relay 60291105 (not shown)
PCC 1A Optional Function Connector 60199286 (not shown)

PRC-10E1 2P Extension Cord 7E790211
PRC-15E1 2P-Extension Cord 7E790212
THM-R2AE Remote Sensor (THM4) 7E799907
HARC-BXE (A) 60290874

Interface
HARC-BXE (B) 60290875
CS-NET
CS-NET + Interface 6E191922
(HARC-40E)
DBS-26 Drain Discharging Boss 60299192

0/6 CONTENTS
P-G23WA2 Air Panel 60290535
P-G23DWA1 Air Panel 60299570
P-G46DWA1 Air Panel 60299571
TE-03 Distributors 7E700007
TRE-06 Distributors 7E700005
QE-810 Distributors 7E700006
B-23H4 Adopter for deodorant filter 60199790 (not shown)

F-23L4-K Anti bacteria filter 60199791 (not shown)
F-23L4-D Deodorant filter 60199793 (not shown)
F-46L4-D Deodorant filter 60199794 (not shown)
PDF-23C3 Duct connection flange 60199795 (not shown)
PDF-46C3 Duct connection flange 60199796 (not shown)
OACI-232 Fresh air intake kit 60199797 (not shown)
PD-75 Fresh air intake kit 60199798 (not shown)
PI-23LS5 3 Way outlet parts 60199799 (not shown)
PSP-23W3 Space panel for replace 4-6HP 60199800 (not shown)
TKCI-232 T duct connecting kit 60199801 (not shown)
FEATURES AND BENEFITS 1/1
1 FEATURES AND BENEFITS

This chapter describes the features and benefits of the new Hitachi G8 series outdoor unit, which through its system flexibility
and modularity will provide you with the complete solution for your building air conditioning requirements.
CONTENTS
1 FEATURES AND BENEFITS ________________________________________________ 1

1.1. System description ________________________________________________________ 2
1.1.1. General overview __________________________________________________________ 2
1.1.2. A wide rage of choice_______________________________________________________ 2
1.1.3. Combination flexibility ______________________________________________________ 3
1.2. Installation advantages _____________________________________________________ 5
1.2.1. RAS 2HP to 6HP __________________________________________________________ 5
1.2.2. RAS 8HP and 10HP________________________________________________________ 5
1.2.3. RASC 5HP _______________________________________________________________ 5
1.2.4. Electrical wiring ___________________________________________________________ 6
1.2.5. Easy service and commissioning______________________________________________ 6
1.3. Wide range of control systems _______________________________________________ 7
1.3.1. Individual control __________________________________________________________ 7
1.3.2. Timer ___________________________________________________________________ 7
1.3.3. Centralized control systems __________________________________________________ 8
1.4. Indoor units ______________________________________________________________ 9
1.4.1. Expansion valve ___________________________________________________________ 9
1.4.2. RCI 4-way cassette type ___________________________________________________ 9
1.4.3. RCD 2-way cassette type _________________________________________________ 10
1.4.4. RPC ceiling type ________________________________________________________ 11
1.4.5. RPI in-the-ceiling -type ___________________________________________________ 11
1.4.6. RPK wall type __________________________________________________________ 12
1.4.7. RPF floor type __________________________________________________________ 13
1.4.8. RPFI floor concealed type_________________________________________________ 13
1.5. Complementary systems___________________________________________________ 14
1.5.1. KPI total heat exchanger system _____________________________________________ 14
1.5.2. ECONOFRESH KIT _______________________________________________________ 15
1/2 FEATURES AND BENEFITS
1.1. System description

To help you quickly discover all the features and benefits of the
system, this section provides an overview of the system, the
choice of compatible indoor units, a description of the various
unit combinations, and details concerning the benefits of the
electronic expansion valve that the system uses.
1.1.1. General overview
Hitachi is proud to announce the introduction of the new

UTOPIA G8 series outdoor unit with its combination of
SYSTEM FREE indoor units. This combination allows the
interconnection of the same indoor units in all the systems.
In achieving this Hitachi has effectively started a NEW
GENERATION of AIR CONDITIONING.
Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit SET FREE FSG(1)/FXG(1)/FSN/FXN
FSN(1)E
R410A/ DC INVERTER HVRG/HVRNE
R407C
UTOPIA G8, RAS/ RASC
The system provides effortless selection, easy control,

logical zoning, and trouble-free installation. Through its
modularity the system delivers maximum flexibility and
consequently offers increased benefits for both customers
and installers.
1.1.2. A wide rage of choice
The SYSTEM FREE line-up for UTOPIA G8 has been

extended to 42 indoor units, of seven types, to cope with
different building requirements.
9 : : : : : : :
9 9 9 9 9
9 : : : : : : :
9 : : : : : : : : :
9 9 9 : :
9 : :
9 : :
HP 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 8 10
9 New FSNE Range : Current UTOPIA Range

1.1.3. Combination flexibility
With its modular design the new UTOPIA G8 series

outdoor unit provides a totally flexible air conditioning
solution. This offers not only standard cooling functions but,
in addition, heating (for Heat Pump models), dry and fan
operation for all environments.
The systems are offered in the following combinations:
Single, Twin or Triple with the UTOPIA range of outdoor

units Twin, Triple and Quad configurations are suitable for large
Simple, Twin, Triple and Quad with the UTOPIA BIG standard-shaped room areas. These combinations deliver
outdoor unit air conditioning from several units to obtain a smooth and
Single, Twin or Triple with the Centrifugal UTOPIA even airflow. This would be very difficult to achieve using a
outdoor unit single standard large-sized unit.
Examples of the various combinations:
Single with UTOPIA G8 series outdoor unit

Twin with UTOPIA G8 series outdoor unit
Quad with UTOPIA Big Single with Centrifugal Utopia Unit

Interoperability
It is possible to connect two, three or four indoor units

in series to a single UTOPIA G8 series outdoor unit.
The indoor units may be of different types or even of
different capacities.
RAS-3HG(V)8E
RAS-3AG(V)8E
1.5/1.5 -
RAS-3.5HG(V)8E
RAS-3.5AG(V)8E
2.0/1.5 -
RAS-4HG(V)8E
RAS-4HG(V)8E
2.0/2.0 -
RAS-5HG8E
RAS-5AG8E 2.5/2.5 3.0/2.0 2.0/1.5/1.5
RASC-5HG8E
RAS-6HG8E
RAS-6AG8E
3.0/3.0 2.5/3.5 2.0/2.0/2.0 1.5/1.5/1.5/1.5
RAS-8HG8E
RAS-8AG8E
4.0/4.0 - 2.0/2.0/2.0/2.0
RAS-10HG8E
RAS-10AG8E
5.0/5.0 6.0/4.0 3.0/3.0/4.0 2.5/2.5/2.5/2.5
HP TWIN TRIPLE QUAD
Compatibility Compatibility Indoor and Outdoor Unit
According to the table on the right, the compatibility UTOPIA Indoor

between different systems remains as it follows: Outdoor
A/HG5E
The New Outdoor Units G8 Series will be accepted with

the Set Free Indoor Units (System Free). A/HG7E HG7E
(Cool/Heat Unify)
The connection between Utopia Outdoor Units G8
Series and Utopia Indoor Units G7 Series is accepted.
The connection between Utopia Outdoor Units G8
Series and Utopia Indoor Units G5 Series is not A/HG8E FSG2E/FSG2Ei
accepted. /FSN(1)E
NEW
Accepted
Not accepted
1.2. Installation advantages
This section details the enhancements that have been One remote controller and the necessary pipe kit for twin
made to the new UTOPIA G8 series outdoor units to simplify or quad connection are optional accessories. Pipes can
their installation. Specific information is provided for the be connected from three directions.
RAS 2-6HP and RAS 8-10HP units and RASC 5HP.
1.2.1. RAS 2HP to 6HP
The RAS 2HP to 6HP are equipped with four-way pivoting

piping connections to provide simpler installation and a
space saving design for easier on-site positioning.
Flexible installation
New four-way pivoting piping connectors (front, rear,
lateral, and down) ensure much simpler positioning of
units. This greatly enhanced flexibility reduces installation
problems and encourages the alignment of multiple
outdoor units in more compact arrangements.
Space-saving design
The RAS 8-10HP use exactly the same space saving
design as the RAS 2-6HP for access, stop valve, and
refrigerant piping.
1.2.3. RASC 5HP
Space-saving design
A sensibly located front access panel allows installation
in a space-saving in-line configuration with as little as
50 mm separation between each unit. This is very Location
different from conventional side access units that must be This unit can be installed in indoor or outdoor locations.
positioned several feet apart. Stop valve positioning and Usually is used in some places that is impossible to place
refrigerant piping allowances have also been improved to the outdoor unit outside the building.
allow much more closely tailored positioning of lines.
Carefree maintenance
1.2.2. RAS 8HP and 10HP Easy maintenance access is assured without the need to
move or disconnect any of the outdoor units thanks to the
The RAS 8HP and 10HP are equipped with four-way conveniently located front access panel.
pivoting piping connections to provide simpler installation
and a space saving design for easier on-site positioning.
Operational to -5C
Flexible installation The outdoor heat pump temperature, can be safely and
effectively operated in external temperatures as low as
HITACHI offers the new UTOPIA BIG units with a twin or -5C.
quad split system, the ideal economic solution for the
conditioning of medium to large size areas. This also
provides the method of serving two or four indoor units
from a single powerful outdoor unit, thus reducing
required outdoor unit installation space and time.
1.2.4. Electrical wiring 1.2.5. Easy service and commissioning
The electrical control wiring is greatly simplified through the To provide more efficient sevicing and comissioning the
use of the H-LINK wiring system. systems are equipped with on-board test, trial operation,
and self-diagnosis functions.
H-Link system
The H-LINK wiring system requires only two transmission Test run
wires for connecting each outdoor unit to its indoor units - An automatic test run function is available to aid
(to control up to 16 refrigerant cycles). Both outdoor units commissioning using the outdoor unit dip switch or the
and indoor units require connecting wires in series. indoor unit remote control switch.
The H-LINK system provides the following advantages:
- The system is equipped with an identification system
- Trouble-free and adaptable installation.
that can be used to confirm which series the connected
- No polarity requirements. outdoor units are members of (for example: single or
- Freely combinable. multi). This is controlled with a remote control switch.
- CS-Net connection via indoor or outdoor unit
- Up to128 indoor units - An automatic address coding system is also provided.
This automatically gives a unit number to individual
- Up to cable run length: 1000 m Indoor Units (Indoor Units can also be manually
allocated with a unit number using their rotary type dip
Example of H-LINK system switches).
Trial operation and self diagnosis

Outdoor The new remote control switch provides highly efficient
Unit
control functions. A new self-diagnosis function, which
enables quick checking of operation conditions in the
Transmission
Indoor Units and Outdoor Unit, has been implemented.
Refrigerant
Wires Piping Furthermore, alarm data can be stored in the memory of
an on-board microcomputer when an abnormality occurs.
- Data memory in the remote control switch

If an abnormality occurs, the remote control switch LCD
will indicate an alarm code so that quick diagnosis is
available at the site.
Indoor Unit Indoor Units
- Optional function setting by remote control switch

Cancellation of a 4 degree shift in heating mode or fan
speed increasing setting, are set via Remote Control
Switch.
CS-NET Then, multiple Indoor Units can be set, at the same
time.The configuration can also be easily changed,
even after installation is completed.
Service checker (if available)

A Service Checker to monitor installation conditions and
the operational status of air conditioning systems through
a desktop or laptop-type computer is available. You can
also easily create test run records (A service checker
system consists of a special interface unit and a field-
supplied desktop computer).
1.3. Wide range of control systems
A wide range of control systems is available. You can

choose among individual remote control switches, timers,
and centralized controls systems.
1.3.1. Individual control PC-P5H
The individual controls available are the PC-P1HE Remote

Control Switch, the PC-LH3A Wireless Remote Control
Switch, and the PC-P5H Half Size Remote Control Switch.
PC-P1HE
Half-size remote control switch
The main function of this easy-to-use remote control switch

is temperature setting. It is ideal for facilities such as hotels,
where different people use it.
Two remote control switches or a group control (for a
Remote control switch maximum of 16 units) can be used, in a similar way to the
standard remote control switch.
The Remote Control Switch contains: When a problem occurs, an alarm code immediately shows
- A large LCD the details of the error.
- Timer can be set at half-hour intervals up to 24
1.3.2. Timer
- When a problem occurs, an alarm code immediately
shows the details of the error. A self-diagnosis function is The PSC-5T is a seven-day programmable timer used to set
incorporated. operating schedules for air conditioners.
- All the functions of the indoor unit can be selected
through remote control switches. PSC-5T
- A remote control thermo function is provided
PC-LH3A
Seven-day timer
By using PSC-5S and PC-P1HE controllers, the air

conditioners they control can be operated according to a
schedule.
Wireless remote control switch
- The timer can be set at seven-day intervals, and
operation/stop can be set three times daily.
The wireless remote control switch removes the necessity of
wiring and provides simple one-touch operation. - Remote Control can be prohibited during the OFF time
The remote control switch can simultaneously control two or (when used with PSC-5S and PC-P1HE).
more units. - Two types of weekly schedule (A and B) can be set, and
can easily be changed for summer and winter operation.
- Settings are all digitally displayed, allowing operations
and settings to be easily checked.
- The power failure backup function prevents the timer
from stopping because of a power failure (even if it lasts
for weeks).
1.3.3. Centralized control systems
The centralized control systems available are the PSC-5S

Central Station, the HARC- Gateway Interface to LONG-
WORKS BMS Systems, and the CS-NET Computer
Controlled Network System.
PSC-5S CS-NET
HITACHI Computer Controlled Network System - CS-

NET
The HITACHI CS-NET is an easy to use but powerful

system for Set-Free Multi-Split Air Conditioner.
CS-NET provides the following functions:
- Limits the setting temperature range

- Locking of the different setting points:
- Setting temperature
Central station - Operation mode
- Fan Speed
- A group of up to 16 remote control switches can be
connected to an H-LINK to control up to 128 indoor - Run/Stop (only recommended for computer
units. rooms)
- Up to 8 units can be connected to an H-LINK - Up to 16 outdoor units to be controlled per H-LINK
Board
- In addition to the basic functions, the operation mode
and temperature setting, air flow or auto louver can be - Up to 128 indoor units per H-LINK
set. - Communications with service partner
- When a problem occurs, an alarm code immediately - The CS-NET can be connected to any point in the
shows the details of the error detected. H-Link System
- An external input terminal is provided as standard.
- External signals control the following functions:
- Central Operation/Stop
- Demand Control Emergency Stop
- Central Operation Output
- Central Alarm Output
HARC-BXE
Gateway Interface to LONG-WORKS BMS Systems
Using the HARC-BX provides control of up to five setting

points and remote monitoring up to nine values
Connecting the HARC-BX to an H-LINK allows up to
eight refrigerant cycles to be used and up to 64 indoor
units can be controlled.
Up to eight HARC-BX can be connected to the same H-
LinK.
The HARC-BX can be connected to any point in the H-
LinK system
1.4. Indoor units
This section describes the various indoor units that can be Fan motor input reduced by DC motor
used with the new UTOPIA G8 series outdoor units.
The DC fan motor greatly improves efficiency compared to
conventional products that use AC motors. In addition, air
1.4.1. Expansion valve blasts are reduced by controlling the rotation speed of the
fan.
Indoor units are equipped with an electronic expansion The motor input is reduced by employing a ferrite magnetic
valve to provide sophisticated control under any surface-mounted rotor, centralized winding system and split
temperature condition. core system. The motor efficiency is improved in all aspects,
The electronic expansion valve provides reduced electrical and is 50% smaller and lighter than conventional machines.
power consumption compared to the classic capillary tube
expansion valve systems. It is also far more efficient than
DC Motor
the capillary systems.
Motor Efficiency (%)

Efficiency increased by 40%.
(Motor input halved)
1.4.2. RCI 4-way cassette type
The RCI 4-way cassette type indoor unit benefits from

quiet operation, improved efficiency DC fan, uniform panel AC Motor
sizing, high ceiling operation, adjustable body height,
reduced mounting size, drain up mechanism, compact size,
and improved flexible piping. Uniform square panel size
Panel sizes are standardized to a 950mm square to
facilitate the simple interchange of other models with
different capacities.
Air Discharge
Air Discharge
Air Discharge
Quiet operation
By employing a super-high-stream turbo fan (three-
dimensional twisted wing with large bore and high
efficiency), the wind flow efficiency has been improved by Wireless
Receiver Part
20% (over conventional machines, patent pending). With the Air Discharge
under damping slit mounted near the center of the revolving
shaft, the electromagnetic noise is reduced. This High ceiling adaptability satisfies a wide variety
electromagnetic noise is unique to DC motors and is caused
of requirements
by the number of magnetic poles and revolution speed of
the motor. This model has been adapted for high ceiling (4.2m high)
installations by incorporating speed-up taps. This feature
The following table lists air flow rates for the new RCI: provides comfortable air conditioning in suburban stores and
showrooms.
Air flow rate Standard operation (m)
dB(A) 1.5/2.0/2.5 HP 3.0/3.5/4.0/5.0/6.0 HP
High ceiling
Model Hi Me Lo 4-way 3-way 2-way 4-way 3-way 2-way
RCI-1.5FSN1E 32 30 28 Standard 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.2 3.6 4.0
RCI-2.0FSN1E 32 30 28 Speed-up(1) 3.0 3.3 3.5 3.6 4.0 4.2
RCI-2.5FSN1E 32 30 28 Speed-up(2) 3.5 3.6 - 4.2 4.3 -
RCI-3.0FSN1E 34 32 30
RCI-3.5FSN1E 34 32 30 NOTE:
RCI-4.0FSN1E 38 35 33 For setting two and three directions, the separately-
RCI-5.0FSN1E 39 37 35 sold 3-way outlet parts set is required.
RCI-6.0FSN1E 42 40 36 Speed-up (1) and Speed-up (2) can be selected
with the remote control switch by using the C5
option.
Body height easily adjustable in the corner Piping work improved

pocket By setting the refrigerant pipe and drain pipe at separate
A pocket is provided for each of the four panel corners, corners, the working efficiency is improved.
so that the body height can be easily adjusted without
removing the panel. The water level automatically activates the pump when the
draining process is required.
1.4.3. RCD 2-way cassette type
The RCD 2-way cassette type indoor unit provides quiet

operation, new air panel, and a low profile design.
Body
Quiet operation
A factor contributing to HITACHIs development of the
The Body can be aligned with
quietest air conditioner ever is the multi-blade centrifugal
Panel the celing surface by moving fan used in these special two-way cassette type indoor
the body upward or downword
Corner with the packets
units.
Packet Unlike conventional units, the noise level has been
reduced to an exceptionally low 30dB-A (1.0HP unit, low
Equipped with drain up mechanism with high setting). It is ideal wherever quiet operation is important.
pump lift
A drain pump lift of up to 850mm from the ceiling surface Operation sound dB-A
is achieved by employing a drain-up mechanism with HP 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0
high pump lift (500mm in the previous model).
Sound Lo 30 30 31 33 33 36
level Hi 35 35 38 40 40 43
Smaller celing opening for installation and
renewall
The ceiling opening size has been changed from the
conventional 910mm to a range between 860-910mm,
NOTE:
With a 240V power source, the sound pressure level
so the ceiling panel cut-out will be smaller. increases by approximately 1 dB.
Compact, thin and can be installed in a small

New air panel, perfect fit for any ceiling
space
This unit virtually merges with the ceiling, since it only
The height of the units is just 298mm, 50mm smaller than
protrudes 30 mm. The new air panel provides some
conventional models (RCI-HG7E/FSNE), and so they can
space for customized paneling, allowing the unit to blend
be installed in a reduced space inside a false ceiling.
into any ceiling perfectly.
Current
100%
New FSN1E
65%
Low profile design

A compact turbo fan simplifies the structure and reduces
the height of the unit to 298 mm. The unit low profile
Piping flexibility improved because the body- design allows easy installation in confined space inside a
ceiling.
suspending positions are square-shaped
The suspending bolt pitch size is 760mm, positioned at each
corner of the square body. Thus, the direction of the body
can be changed easily to match the pipe connection without Current
(100%)
changing the bolt positions. The layout is simple even for New Model
continuous installation. (50%)
1.4.4. RPC ceiling type 2.0HP ~ 6.0HP
The RPC ceiling type indoor unit uses an elegant profile

design and provides quiet operation, new air panel, versatile
mounting, an automatic swing louver, and simple
installation.
8.0HP ~ 10.0HP
Profile design
The RPC unit has been designed with an elegant
appearance, more comfortable style and a new color.
As usual the unit has fully adjustable mounting brackets
allowing a flush fit with the ceiling to make installation
possible even in the tightest places
New solid structure and reduced dimensions
The new RPI design gives a more solid, reinforced
structure to the unit and improves rigidity when it is
suspended.
The unit has reduced dimensions and thus requires less
space for installation and has the lowest height in the
Concealed market.
Quiet operation
Versatile mounting A precision-balanced fan provides quiet and efficient
operation.
To expand the installation and positioning options,
HITACHI added a second drain pipe connector, one
more than conventional units. Sound level (dB(A)
Models
STD SP HSP LSP
RPI-1.5 38 37 35
RPI-2.0 39 40 35
Rear Side RPI-2.5 40 41 36
RPI-3.0 40 42 37
RPI-3.5 40 42 37
Drain Piping RPI-4.0 42 44 41
RPI-5.0 45 47 44
Automatic swing louver RPI-6.0 46 48 45
This unit is equipped with an automatic swing louver to RPI-8 54 55 51
ensure even distribution of conditioned air to the entire RPI-10 55 56 52
room.
New fan unit with three static pressure levels
Simple and flexible installation The unit is set at static pressure for normal operations as
By enabling refrigeration piping to be tucked-in close to standard (STD SP).The High Static pressure (HSP) is
each indoor unit, piping layout and installation have been available for long duct installations providing the
made much easier. possibility of accurately controlling the air flow distribution
1.4.5. RPI in-the-ceiling -type in the building.
It also provides the additional advantage of the new low
static pressure (LSP) option for extra short ducting.
The RPI in-the-ceiling type indoor unit is designed Actual noise levels in the field can be decreased by
especially for installation in false ceiling spaces. taking advantage of the static pressure availability, and
all fan speed levels: high, medium and low.
1.5HP
Static pressure selection from the remote
control switch
It is possible to select the static pressure through the
remote control switch.
Drain pump as standard Air suction direction change

(only for 1.5 HP to 6.0 HP) (only for 2.0 HP to 6.0 HP)
The whole range of units, from 1.5 HP to 6.0 HP, are Air suction direction can be modified by interchanging cover
equipped with an internal drain pump, which removes the (2) and fan cover (1).
accumulated condensation from the drain pan even while
the cooling operation is in progress.
An electronic sensor monitors the water level and
automatically activates the pump when draining becomes
necessary.
This easy-to-service unit is equipped with a transparent
ducted drain pipe in order to improve the commissioning
process.
Example: (2.0HP to 6.0HP)
Back Suction Bottom Suction

Transparent Ducted Drain Pipe
1.4.6. RPK wall type
HITACHI has developed a new RPK series, with a range

that covers most of the applications that the markets
request.
Float switch
The RPI units are equipped with the float switch. The float
switch allows to stop the unit in order to avoid water
dropping.
Suction filter as STD accessory

The new RPI unit is equipped with a filter as a standard
accessory. This can be used in cases where the suction unit New RPK (0.8~2.0 HP)
is accessible because no suction duct is used or it is very
short.
Standard Air Filter

(Factory supplied)
Fig. 1.
Outlet Air
Flow
REMOVE
Fig. 2. (Standard Air Filter)
Outlet Air Inlet Air Flow

Flow
New RPK (2.5~3.5 HP)
Field supplied Air Filter
Standard Air Filter (or adapted Factory
Fig. 3. (Factory supplied) supplied one)
Outlet Air Inlet Air Flow

Flow
Service Gate
(for Air Filter cleaning)
In situations where the suction duct is very long, the same

filter can be installed in the suction false ceiling filter. This
newly incorporated standard filter is giving more advantages
and facilities for duct type installations.
Elegant and compact design Optional location for PC-P1HE (RPF)

With its elegant and timeless design, this unit will match any In the case of the RPF Unit, it is possible to install the
decor. Its compact size makes it easy to install because the PC-P1HE under the plastic cover as shown in the figure
weight has been reduced by 15%. below:
Quiet operation
Using trapezoidal blades allows cutting the air diagonally
to reduce air flow resistance. Conical blade fans ensure a
high air flow and low noise with slow rotation. It is the top
level in the market.
This model creates a pleasant, quiet and comfortable
environment.
Old model FSG2M New model FSNM

Noise level Noise level
Model Model
(dB A) (dB A)
3 HP 44-41-38 1.5 HP 39-37-34 1.4.8. RPFI floor concealed type

3.5 HP 49-46-43 2.0 HP 40-38-36
Compact design
2.5 Hp 43-40-37
This unit is normally installed inside walls under windows,
3.0 HP 43-40-37 without changing the interior. Due to its compact design,
3.5 HP 49-46-43
620 mm in height, 220 mm in depth and 863 mm for 1.0,
988 mm for 1.5 and 1238 mm for 2/2.5 in width, the unit
can be installed in a limited space in most buildings.
Trapezoidal blades (0.8~2.0 HP)
Function, Swing Louver

The Swing Louver with three flaps at both sides has
been adopted, in order to provide comfortable air to the
entire room.
Wireless or wired control

The indoor unit is equipped with a wireless receiver kit Air discharge direction change
inside as a standard accessory. The wired remote control
switch, PC-P1HE is also applicable. Air suction direction can be modified by changing the
back cover.
1.4.7. RPF floor type
Air Outlet Flange
Slim design of only 220 mm depth

Due to its slim design, the indoor unit can be installed
along the wall without wasting valuable floor space.
Low height of only 630 mm

Up-Front Cover
The height of the indoor unit is only 630 mm so that this
unit is ideal for perimeter zone air conditioning
1.5. Complementary systems
This section describes complementary systems that can be Features

used with the new UTOPIA G8 series outdoor units.
Low noise level
1.5.1. KPI total heat exchanger system
The KPI units are provided with two fan runners, these
HITACHI has developed a system for recovering energy. are the only moving parts in the unit. This allows
Sometimes a fresh air intake is needed in order to provide operation at very low sound levels. It can achieve
the best comfort for the end user. The KPI is an engine that levels between 25 and 34 dB.
reduces the energy losses due to the fresh air introduced,
by recovering the energy from the indoor air. Flexible duct installation
An installation with KPI not only keeps the temperature The connecting direction of the duct at the outdoor side
stable, but the humidity is maintained as much as possible (OA.EA) can easily be changed to match the
as well. installation site (2 directions).
HITACHI has developed a large range of units to provide a
suitable system for any type of installation. Heat exchanging element
The heat exchanging element is composed of high
Model KPI-2521 KPI-5021 KPI-8021 KPI 10021 permeability material. It improves the humidity
exchange between indoor air and outdoor air.
Flow (m/h) 250 500 800 1.000
The heat exchanging element is designed to prevent
%Temperature the mixing of fresh air and exhaust air.
Exchange 83 82 81 81
Efficiency The absence of moving parts increases its reliability.
The simple unit structure means a low weight for the
whole unit.
The KPI can be connected to all the HITACHI indoor units
Special functions
System description
Precooling/Preheating period
Total heat exchange mode
This function is used to delay the start-up of the total
Air returned from the indoor side passes through the heat exchanger, in the case where at the beginning of
total heat exchanging element and is exhausted the working time the room does not need fresh air.
outdoors. The KPI operation could be delayed 30 or 60
Heat exchanger outdoor air is supplied. minutes.
Increase supply air volume
With this option it is possible to increase the supply
air during operation of the total heat exchanger. This
makes the room pressure higher than the surrounding
rooms and prevents polluted air and smells from
entering into the room.
Bypass ventilation mode

Air returned from the indoor side is exhausted without
heat exchange.
Automatic choice mode

Operation mode is automatically selected according
to the temperature (outdoor, indoor and set
temperature) conditions.
Operation Temperature
KPI operation mode
mode conditions
Indoor temp> Outdoor temp Bypass ventilation mode
Cooling
Indoor temp< Outdoor temp Total heat exchange mode
Indoor temp>Outdoor temp Total heat exchange mode
Heating
Indoor temp< Outdoor temp Bypass ventilation mode
1.5.2. ECONOFRESH KIT
The new Econofresh kit is an intelligent accessory device Working mode

that allows, with very easy installation, room air renovations
and energy savings. Fresh Cold Air Cooling During Intermediate Seasons
Saves Energy
No refrigerant cycle is required, direct RPI-5HP unit return
duct connection is used instead. This unit uses an economizer for cooling, which takes
in fresh air if the outdoor temperature is cooler than
The Econofresh kit can provide up to 100% fresh air and the indoor air, as shown in the figure below.
has the ability to provide free cooling through the damper In this situation, no compressor is used and thus a
when the outdoor temperature is below the indoor setting remarkable amount of energy is saved.
temperature. Distribution example of Cold Region Temperature
250
This system will not only maintain the correct room Input Power Reduction
temperature and provide fresh air, but it will also provide 200
Time (h) / year

free cooling and therefore it will increase users energy 150
saving.
100
50 Compressor stops
when Cooling Operation
0
-10 0 10 20 30 40
Outdoor Temperature ( C)
Power input is reduced by more than 20% during cooling

operation mode by using the Econofresh kit + RPI -
5.0FSNE instead of the UTOPIA RPI system.
Fresh clean air revives your room
A fresh air intake system always keeps the air in a
room clean.
The optional CO2 sensor can sense the degree of
RPI-5HP Econofresh Kit pollution of the air in the room and automatically
control the fresh air flow.
NOTE:
In the case that the Outdoor Air Temperature is lower
than 3C, Fresh Outdoor Air rate will decrease.
Return Fresh
Air Duct Air Duct Damper Air-Flow-Control Provides Comfortable
Cooling
A micro-computer controls the angle of the damper
according to both room air temperature and outdoor
temperature to adjust the fresh air flow, thus keeping
the room temperature constant.
GENERAL DATA 2/1
2 GENERAL DATA
This chapter provides you with a fast review of the most important features of the Indoor, the Outdoor and the Complementary
Units of the new Hitachi UTOPIA G8 Series
CONTENTS
2 GENERAL DATA _________________________________________________________ 1

2.1. General Data for Indoor Units ________________________________________________ 2
2.1.1. RCI - 4-Way-Cassette Type __________________________________________________ 2
2.1.2. RCD - 2-Way-Cassette Type _________________________________________________ 3
2.1.3. RPC - Ceiling Type ________________________________________________________ 4
2.1.4. RPI - In-The_Ceiling Type ___________________________________________________ 5
2.1.5. RPK - Wall Type___________________________________________________________ 7
2.1.6. RPF & RPFI - Floor & Floor Concealed Type ____________________________________ 8
2.2. RAS - UTOPIA G8 Outdoor Type _____________________________________________ 9
2.3. RAS - UTOPIA BIG G8 Outdoor Type ________________________________________ 10
2.4. RASC - UTOPIA G8 Outdoor Centrifugal Type__________________________________ 11
2.5. Complementary Systems __________________________________________________ 12
2.5.1. Total Heat Exchanger KPI __________________________________________________ 12
2.5.2. Econofresh Kit ___________________________________________________________ 12
2.6. Component Data for Indoor Units ____________________________________________ 13
2.6.1. RCI - 4-Way Cassette Type _________________________________________________ 13
2.6.2. RCD - 2-Way Cassette Type ________________________________________________ 13
2.6.3. RPC - Ceiling Type _______________________________________________________ 14
2.6.4. RPI - In-the-Ceiling Type ___________________________________________________ 14
2.6.5. RPK - Wall Type__________________________________________________________ 15
2.6.6. RPF - Floor Type and RPFI Floor RPF Concealed Type _________________________ 15
2.7. Component data for Outdoor Units ___________________________________________ 16
2.7.1. UTOPIA Type Outdoor Unit _________________________________________________ 16
2.7.2. UTOPIA BIG Type Outdoor Unit _____________________________________________ 17
2.7.3. Centrifugal Type Outdoor Unit _______________________________________________ 17
2.8. Name of parts ___________________________________________________________ 18
2.8.1. Indoor units _____________________________________________________________ 18
2.8.2. Complementary systems ___________________________________________________ 23
2.8.3. Outdoor units ____________________________________________________________ 24
2/2 GENERAL DATA
2.1. GENERAL DATA FOR INDOOR UNITS
2.1.1. RCI - 4-WAY-CASSETTE TYPE
RCI- RCI- RCI- RCI- RCI- RCI- RCI- RCI-

MODEL RCI
1.5FSN1E 2.0FSN1E 2.5FSN1E 3.0FSN1E 3.5FSN1E 4.0FSN1E 5.0FSN1E 6.0FSN1E
Nominal Cooling Capacity kW 3.60 5.00 6.30 7.10 8.00 10.00 12.50 14.00
Nominal Heating
kW 4.00 5.60 7.00 8.00 9.00 11.20 14.00 16.00
Capacity
3
Air Flow Rate (Hi/Me/Lo) m /min 15/14/12 16/14/12 20/17/15 26/23/20 26/23/20 32/28/24 34/29/25 37/32/27
Fan Motor W 56 56 56 56 56 108 108 108
Sound Pressure Level
dB (A) 32/30/28 32/30/28 32/30/28 34/32/30 34/32/30 38/35/33 39/37/35 42/40/36
(Overall A Scale)
Height mm 248 248 248 298 298 298 298 298
Outer
Width mm 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840
Dimensions
Depth mm 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840
Net Weight kg 23 24 24 26 26 29 29 29
Refrigerant R407C (Nitrogen Charged in Factory for Corrosion-Resistance)
Connections
Flare-nut Connection (With Flare-Nuts)
Refrigerant Piping
mm 6.35(1/4) 6.35 (1/4) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8)
Liquid Line
(in.)
mm
Gas Line 12.7(1/2) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 19.05 (3/4) 19.05 (3/4) 19.05 (3/4)
(in.)
Condensate Drain mm 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD
3
Packing Measurements m 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26
Adaptable Air Panel
- P-G23WA2
Model
Color (Munsell Code) - Spring. White (4.1Y8.5 / 0.7)
Height mm 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37
Outer
Width mm 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950
Dimensions
Depth mm 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950
Net Weight kg 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3
Packing Measurements m 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08
Remote Control Switch - PC-P1HE
OD: Outer Diameter
NOTE: 2. The Sound Pressure Level is based on the following

1. The nominal cooling and heating capacity is the conditions:
combined capacity of the HITACHI standard split system,
1.5 meters beneath the Unit
and are based on the ISO 5151.
Voltage of the power source for the indoor fan motor is
Operation Conditions Cooling Heating
230V.
DB 27.0 C 20.0 C
Indoor Air Inlet Temperature The above data was measured in an anaechoic chamber
WB 19.0 C
DB 35.0 C 7.0 C so that reflected sound should be taken into consideration
Outdoor Air Inlet Temperature when installing the unit.
WB 6.0 C
Piping Length: 7.5 meters; Piping Lift: 0 meter 3. Panel P-G23WA2 is equipped with an automatic
DB: Dry Bulb; WB: Wet Bulb swing louver system.
GENERAL DATA 2/3
2.1.2. RCD - 2-WAY-CASSETTE TYPE
RCD- RCD- RCD- RCD- RCD- RCD-

MODEL RCD
1.5FSN 2.0FSN 2.5FSN 3.0FSN 4.0FSN 5.0FSN
Nominal Cooling Capacity kW 3.60 5.00 6.30 7.10 10.00 12.50
Nominal Heating Capacity kW 4.00 5.60 7.00 8.00 11.20 14.00
3 12/10/8.5 15/13/11 18/15.5/13. 22/19/16 30/26/23 32/29/25
Air Flow Rate (Hi/Me/Lo) m /min
5
Fan Motor W 35 35 55 55 35x2 35x2
dB (A) 35/32/30 35/32/30 38/34/31 40/36/33 40/36/33 43/40/36
(Overall A Scale)
Height mm 298 298 298 298 298 298
Outer Dimensions Width mm 860 860 860 860 1420 1420
Depth mm 620 620 620 620 620 620
Net Weight kg 27 27 30 30 48 48
Connections
Refrigerant Piping
Liquid Line mm (in.) 6.35 (1/4) 6.35 (1/4) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8)
Gas Line mm (in.) 12.7 (1/2) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 19.05 (3/4) 19.05 (3/4)
Condensate Drain mm 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD
3
Packing Measurements m 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.37 0.37
Standard accessories - Suspension Brackets
Adaptable Air Panel Model P-G23DWA1 P-G46DWA1
Color Silky White
Height mm 30+10 30+10 30+10 30+10 30+10 30+10
Outer Dimensions Width mm 1100 1100 1100 1100 1660 1660
Depth mm 710 710 710 710 710 710
Net Weight kg 6 6 6 6 8 8
3
OD: Outer Diameter

1.5 meters beneath the Unit
Voltage of the power source for the indoor fan motor is
230V.
DB 27.0 C 20.0 C
Indoor Air Inlet Temperature The above data was measured in an anaechoic chamber
WB 19.0 C
DB 35.0 C 7.0 C so that reflected sound should be taken into consideration
Outdoor Air Inlet Temperature when installing the unit.
WB 6.0 C
Piping Length: 7.5 meters; Piping Lift: 0 meter 3. Panels P-G23DWA1 and P-G46WA1 are equipped
DB: Dry Bulb; WB: Wet Bulb with an automatic swing louver system.
2/4 GENERAL DATA
2.1.3. RPC - CEILING TYPE
RPC- RPC- RPC- RPC- RPC- RPC- RPC-

MODEL RPC
2.0FSNE 2.5FSNE 3.0FSNE 3.5FSNE 4.0FSNE 5.0FSNE 6.0FSNE
Nominal Cooling Capacity kW 5.00 6.30 7.10 8.00 10.00 12.50 14.00
Nominal Heating Capacity kW 5.60 7.00 8.00 9.00 11.20 14.00 16.00
Air Flow Rate (Hi/Me/Lo) m3/min 15/13/10 18/16/12 21/17/15 21/17/15 30/24/19 35/28/21 37/32/27
Fan Motor W 75 75 75 75 145 145 145
dB (A) 44/42/38 46/43/41 48/45/42 48/45/42 49/45/39 49/46/41 50/48/44
(Overall A Scale) (Hi/Me/Lo)
Height mm 163 163 163 163 225 225 225
Outer
Width mm 1094 1314 1 314 1314 1314 1574 1574
Dimensions
Depth mm 625 625 625 625 625 625 625
Net Weight kg 28 31 31 31 35 41 41
Color Spring White (4.1Y 8.5 / 0.7)
Connections
Refrigerant Piping
Liquid Line mm (in.) 6.35 (1/4) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8)
Gas Line mm (in.) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 19.5 (3/4) 19.5 (3/4) 19.5 (3/4)
Condensate Drain mm 25 OD 25 OD 25 OD 25 OD 25 OD 25 OD 25 OD
Packing Measurements m3 0.24 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.36 0.43 0.43
OD: Outer Diameter

- 1 meter beneath the Unit
- 1 meter from Discharge grille
DB 27.0 C 20.0 C - Voltage of the power source for the indoor fan motor is
Indoor Air Inlet Temperature 230V.
WB 19.0 C
DB 35.0 C 7.0 C The above data was measured in an anaechoic chamber
Outdoor Air Inlet Temperature
WB 6.0 C so that reflected sound should be taken into consideration
Piping Length: 7.5 meters; Piping Lift: 0 meter when installing the unit.
DB: Dry Bulb; WB: Wet Bulb
GENERAL DATA 2/5
2.1.4. RPI - IN-THE_CEILING TYPE
RPI - In-the-Ceiling Type (1.5~6.0 HP)
RPI- RPI- RPI- RPI- RPI- RPI- RPI- RPI-

MODEL RPI
1.5FSNE 2.0FSNE 2.5FSNE 3.0FSNE 3.5FSNE 4.0FSNE 5.0FSNE 6.0FSNE
Nominal Cooling Capacity kW 3.60 5.00 6.30 7.10 8.00 10.00 12.50 14.00
Nominal Heating Capacity kW 4.00 5.60 7.00 8.00 9.00 11.20 14.00 16.00
HSP 16/15/11 19/17/14 22/20/16 22/20/16 30/28/25 35/31/28 36/34/29
Air Flow Rate
STDSP m/min 10/9/7 16/14/12 19/17/15 22/20/17 22/20/17 30/29/26 35/32/29 36/33/31
(Hi/Me/Lo)
LSP 16/16/13 19/19/15 22/22/20 22/22/20 30/30/28 35/35/31 36/36/33
HSP 12/10/6 12/10/6 12/10/6 12/10/6 12/10/8 12/10/8 12/10/8
Static Pressure
STDSP mmAq 5/5/5 8/6/5 8/6/5 8/6/5 8/6/5 8/7/6 8/7/6 8/7/6
(Hi/Me/Lo)
LSP 3/3/2 3/3/2 3/3/2 3/3/2 3/3/2 3/3/2 3/2
Fan Motor W 55 80 225 225 225 225 350 350
Sound HSP 40/38/35 41/39/36 42/40/37 42/40/37 44/42/38 47/46/44 48/47/45
Pressure Level STDSP 38/37/35 39/37/34 40/38/35 40/38/35 40/38/35 42/41/37 45/44/43 46/45/44
(Overall A dB (A)
LSP 35/35/31 36/36/32 37/37/33 37/37/33 41/41/35 44/44/42 45/45/43
Scale)
/Hi/Me/Lo)
Outer Height mm 197 274 274 274 274 274 274 274
Dimensions Width mm 1020 1074 1074 1074 1074 1464 1464 1464
Depth mm 574 643 643 643 643 643 643 643
Net Weight kg 33.5 43 45 45 45 4 52 52
Connections
Flare-Nut Connection (With Flare Nuts)
Refrigerant Piping
Liquid Line mm 6.35 (1/4) 6.35 (1/4) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8)
(in.)
mm 15.88 15.88 15.88 15.88 19.05 19.05 19.05
Gas Line 12.7(1/2)
(in.) (5/8) (5/8) (5/8) (5/8) (3/4) (3/4) (3/4)
Condense Drain 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD 32 OD
Approximate m 0.16 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.48 0.48 0.48
Packing Measurement
OD: Outer Diameter
HSP: High Static Pressure Connection
LSP: Low Static Pressure Connection
STDSP: Standard Static Pressure Connection

1.5 meter beneath the Unit (without ceiling under the
unit), applying suction duct 1m. and discharge duct 2m.
Operation Conditions Cooling Heating Voltage of the power source for the indoor fan motor is
DB 27.0 C 20.0 C
Indoor Air Inlet Temperature 230V.
WB 19.0 C
DB 35.0 C 7.0 C The above data was measured in an anaechoic chamber
Outdoor Air Inlet Temperature so that reflected sound should be taken into consideration
WB 6.0 C
2/6 GENERAL DATA
RPI - In-The_Ceiling Type (8/10 HP)
MODEL RPI Units RPI-8HG7E RPI-10HG7E

Nominal Cooling Capacity kW 20.00 25.00
Nominal Heating Capacity kW 22.40 28.00
HSP 66/63/54 75/72/60
Air Flow Rate
STDSP 3 66/63/55 75/68/61
(Hi/Me/Lo) m /min
LSP 65/65/56 74/74/63
HSP 25/22/14 25/23/15
Static Pressure
STDSP mmAq 20/16/11 20/17/13
(Hi/Me/Lo)
LSP 8/8/6 8/8/6
Fan Motor W 1250 1250
Sound Pressure HSP 55/55/53 56/56/54
Level STDSP 54/52/51 55/53/52
dB (A)
(Overall A Scale)
(Hi/Me/Lo) LSP 51/51/50 52/52/51
Height mm 475 475
Outer Dimensions Width mm 1580 1580
Depth mm 600 600
Net Weight kg 85 87
R407C (Nitrogen Charged in Factory
Refrigerant
for Corrosion-Resistance)
Connections Flare-nut Connection (With Flare-
Refrigerant Piping Nuts)
Liquid Line mm (in.) 12.7 (1/2) 15.88 (5/8)
Gas Line mm (in.) 28.6 (1 1/8) 28.6 (1 1/8)
Condensate Drain mm 25 OD 25 OD
3
Packing Measurements m 0.5 0.5
OD: Outer Diameter
NOTE:
1. The nominal cooling and heating capacity is the 2. The Sound Pressure Level is based on the following
combined capacity of the HITACHI standard split system, conditions:
and are based on the ISO 13253. 1.5 meter beneath the Unit (without ceiling under the
Operation Conditions Cooling Heating unit), applying suction duct 1m. and discharge duct 2m.
DB 27.0 C 20.0 C Voltage of the power source for the indoor fan motor is
Indoor Air Inlet Temperature
WB 19.0 C 230V.
DB 35.0 C 7.0 C
Outdoor Air Inlet Temperature The above data was measured in an anaechoic chamber
WB 6.0 C
so that reflected sound should be taken into consideration
GENERAL DATA 2/7
2.1.5. RPK - WALL TYPE
RPK- RPK- RPK- RPK- RPK-

MODEL RPK
1.5FSNM 2.0FSNM 2.5FSNM 3.0FSNM 3.5FSNM
Nominal Cooling Capacity kW 3.60 5.00 6.30 7.10 8.00
Nominal Heating Capacity kW 4.00 5.60 7.00 8.00 9.00
Air Flow Rate (Hi/Me/Lo) m/min 13/11/9 14/12/10 22/18/15 22/18/15 26/24/20
Fan Motor W 20 20 40 40 41
dB (A) 39/37/34 40/38/36 43/40/37 43/40/37 49/46/43
(Overall A Scale) (Hi/Me/Lo)
Height mm 295 295 360 360 360
Outer
Width mm 1030 1030 1390 1390 1390
Dimensions
Depth mm 183 183 225 225 225
Net Weight kg 12 12 21 21 22
Color Pearl White
R407C (Nitrogen Charged in Factory for Corrosion-
Refrigerant
Resistance)
Connections Flare Nuts Connection (with Flare Nuts)
Refrigerant Liquid Line mm(in) 6.35 (1/4) 6.35 (1/4) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8)
15.88 15.88 15.88 15.88
Piping Gas Line mm(in) 12.7 (1/2)
(5/8) (5/8) (5/8) (5/8)
Condensate Drain VP16 VP16 VP20 VP20 VP20
Packing Measurement m 0.11 0.11 0.20 0.20 0.20
Standard Accessories Mounting Brackets
Remote Control Switch PC-P1HE
NOTE:
and are based on the ISO 5151. - 1 meter beneath the Unit.
Operation Conditions Cooling Heating - 1 meter from discharge grille.
DB 27.0 C 20.0 C
Indoor Air Inlet Temperature - Voltage of the power source for the indoor fan motor is
WB 19.0 C
230V.
DB 35.0 C 7.0 C
WB 6.0 C
Piping Length: 7.5 meters; Piping Lift: 0 meter so that reflected sound should be taken into consideration
DB: Dry Bulb; WB: Wet Bulb when installing the unit.
2/8 GENERAL DATA
2.1.6. RPF & RPFI - FLOOR & FLOOR CONCEALED TYPE
RPF- RPF- RPF- RPFI- RPFI- RPFI-

MODELS RPF & RPFI
1.5FSNE 2.0FSNE 2.5FSNE 1.5FSNE 2.0FSNE 2.5FSNE
Nominal Cooling
kW 3.60 5.00 6.30 3.60 5.00 6.30
Capacity
Nominal Heating
kW 4.00 5.60 7.00 4.00 5.60 7.00
Capacity
3
Air Flow Rate (Hi/Lo) m /min 12/10/9 16/14/11 16/14/11 12/10/9 16/14/11 16/14/11
Fan Motor W 28 45 45 28 45 45
(Overalll A Scale) db (A) 38/35/31 39/36/32 42/38/34 38/35/31 39/36/32 42/38/34
(Hi/Me/Lo)
Height mm 630 630 630 620 620 620
Outer
Width mm 1170 1420 1420 988 1238 1238
dimensions
Depth mm 220 220 220 220 220 220
Net Weight kg 23 33 34 23 27 28
Color - Spring White (4.1Y 8.5 / 0.7) ---
Refrigerant - R407C (Nitrogen Charged in Factory for Corrosion-Resistance)
Connections
Flare Nuts Connection (with Flare Nuts)
Refrigerant Piping -
Liquid Line mm (in) 6.35 (1/4) 6.35 (1/4) 9.53 (3/8) 6.35 (1/4) 6.35 (1/4) 9.53 (3/8)
Gas Line mm (in) 12.7 (1/2) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 12.7 (1/2) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8)
Condensate Drain mm 18.5 OD 18.5 OD 18.5 OD 18.5 OD 18.5 OD 18.5 OD
3
OD: Outer Diameter
NOTE:
and are based on the ISO 5151. - 1 m from the unit
Operation Conditions Cooling Heating - 1 m from floor level
DB 27.0 C 20.0 C
Indoor Air Inlet Temperature - Voltage of the power source for the indoor fan motor is
WB 19.0 C 230V.
DB 35.0 C 7.0 C
WB 6.0 C
Piping Length: 7.5 meters; Piping Lift: 0 meter
when installing the unit.
GENERAL DATA 2/9
2.2. RAS - UTOPIA G8 OUTDOOR TYPE
MODEL RAS RAS-2HGV8E RAS-2.5HGV8E RAS-3HGV8E RAS-3.5HGV8E RAS-4HGV8E RAS-5HG8E RAS-6HG8E

RAS-2AGV8E RAS-2.5HG8E RAS-3HG8E RAS-3.5HG8E RAS-4HG8E RAS-5AG8E RAS-6AG8E
RAS-2.5AGV8E RAS-3AGV8E RAS-3.5AGV8E RAS-4AGV8E
RAS-2.5AG8E RAS-3AG8E RAS-3.5AG8E RAS-4AG8E
Nominal Cooling Capacity kW 5.00 6.30 7.10 8.00 10.0 12.50 14.00
Nominal Heating Capacity kW 5.60 7.00 8.00 9.00 11.20 14.00 16.00
Cabinet Color
Natural Grey (1.0Y8.5/0.5)
(Munsell Code)
dB (A) 49 51 53 55 55 56 56
(Overall A Scale)
Height mm 800 800 800 1240 1240 1240 1240
Outer
Width mm 850 850 850 850 850 850 850
Dimensions
Depht mm 350 350 350 350 350 350 350
Net Weight kg 70 71 72 91 104 105 106
Refrigerant Charge kg 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.7
Refrigerant R407C (Factory Charged for 10 meters) (2)
Type Hermetic (Scroll)
Compressor Model G200AH G250AH G300AH G300AH G400DH G500DH G600DH
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Type Propeller Fan
Fan Motor Output W 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
Quantity 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Connections Flare-Nut Connection (with Flare Nuts)
Refrigerant Liquid Line mm (in) 6.35 (1/4) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8) 9.53 (3/8)
Piping Gas Line mm (in) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 19.05 (3/4) 19.05 (3/4) 19.05 (3/4)
3
Packing Measurements m 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53
NOTE: AVAILABLE POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES:

1. The Sound Pressure Level is based on following
conditions: The available voltages for the different units are shown in the
- 1 m from the unit front surface following table.
- 1.5 m from floor level.
Power Supply
The above data was measured in an anechoic chamber Model
Voltage (V) Phase Frequency (Hz)
in the field. RAS-2.5(A/H)G8E
In case of Night Shift conditions, the noise level decreases RAS-3(A/H)G8E
about 2 dB (A) RAS-3.5(A/H)G8E
380-415 3 50
RAS-4(A/H)G8E
2. The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant before RAS-5(A/H)G8E
shipment. The charged volume is the equivalent of a RAS-6(A/H)G8E
refrigerant piping of 10 meters, when combining to
HITACHI standard indoor unit. RAS-2(A/H)GV8E
RAS-2.5(A/H)GV8E
RAS-3(A/H)GV8E 220-240 1 50
RAS-3.5(A/H)GV8E
RAS-4(A/H)GV8E
2/10 GENERAL DATA
2.3. RAS - UTOPIA BIG G8 OUTDOOR TYPE
MODEL RAS RAS-8HG8E RAS-10HG8E

RAS-8AG8E RAS-10AG8E
Nominal Cooling Capacity kW 20.00 25.00
Nominal Heating Capacity kW 22.40 28.00
Cabinet Color
Natural Grey (1.0Y8.5/0.5)
(Munsell Code)
dB (A) 61 62
(Overall A Scale)
Height mm 1562 1562
Outer
Width mm 1000 1000
Dimensions
Depht mm 875 875
Net Weight kg 230 240
Refrigerant R407C (Factory Charged ) (2)
Compressor Model G750EL G1000EL
Quantity 1 1
Type Propeller Fan
Fan Motor Output W 470 470
Quantity 1 1
Connections Flare-Nut Connection (with Flare Nuts)
Refrigerant Liquid Line mm (in) 12.7 (1/2) 15.88 (5/8)
Piping Gas Line mm (in) 28.6 (1 1/8) 28.6 (1 1/8)
3
Packing Measurements m 1.62 1.62

conditions: The available voltages for the different units are shown in the
- 1 m from the unit front surface following table.
- 1.5 m from floor level.
Power Supply
The above data was measured in an anechoic chamber Model
Voltage (V) Phase Frequency (Hz)
so that reflected sound should be taken into
consideration in the field. RAS-8(A/H)G8E
380-415 3 50
In case of Night Shift conditions, the noise level RAS-10(A/H)G8E
decreases about 2 dB (A)
2. The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant before
shipment. The charged volume is the equivalent of a
HITACHI standard indoor unit.
GENERAL DATA 2/11
2.4. RASC - UTOPIA G8 OUTDOOR CENTRIFUGAL TYPE
Model RASC RASC-5HG8E

Nominal Cooling Capacity kW 12.50
Nominal Heating Capacity kW 14.00
Cabinet Colour Soft Grey (RAL 9002)
Sound Pressure Level (1) dB (A) 53
Height mm 555
Outer Dimensions Width mm 1312
Depth mm 835
Net Weight Kg 175
Refrigerant Charge Kg 4.5
Refrigerant R407C (Factory Charged for 10 meters) (2)
Compressor Model G500DH
Quantity 1
Type Centrifugal Fan
Fan Motor Output W 550
Quantity 1
Nominal Static Pressure Pa 50
Maximum Static Pressure Pa 130
Connections Service Valves with Flare Nut connection
Liquid Line mm (in) 9.53 (3/8)
Refrigerant Piping
Gas Line mm (in) 19.05 (3/4)
Drain Piping (Outer diameter) mm 22
3
Packing Measurements m 0.88

1. The Sound Pressure Level is based on following The available voltages for the different units are shown in the
conditions: following table.
- 3 m from the unit front surface
The above data was measured in an anechoic chamber Power Supply
Model
so that reflected sound should be taken into Voltage (V) Phase Frequency (Hz)
consideration in the field. RASC-5HG8E 380-415 3 50
In case of Night Shift conditions, the noise level
decreases about 2 dB (A)
2. The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant before
shipment. The charged volume is the equivalent of a
HITACHI standard indoor unit.
2/12 GENERAL DATA
2.5. COMPLEMENTARY SYSTEMS
2.5.1. TOTAL HEAT EXCHANGER KPI
MODEL KPI KPI-2521 KPI-5021 KPI-8021 KPI-10021
Hi 4.1 8.3 13.3 16.6

Air Flow Rate Me m/min 4.1 8.3 13.3 16.6
Lo 2.75 5.8 11.1 14.5
Hi 6.5 15 14 16
External Pressure Me mmAq 4 6 10 10
Lo 2 3 7 8
Temperature Hi 78 77 78 79
Exchange Me % 78 77 78 79
Efficiency Lo 83 82 80.5 81
Enthalpy Exchange Hi 69 67 71 70
Efficiency for Me % 69 67 71 70
Heating Lo 74 73 73 73
Enthalpy Exchange Hi 62.5 61.5 64.5 64.5
Efficiency for Me % 62.5 61.5 64.5 64.5
Cooling Lo 68 68 68 67
Sound Pressure Hi 26.5- 27.5 32.5 33.5 33.5 34.5 36 37
Level Me dB (A) 25 26 30 31 32 33 34 35
(Overalll A Scale) Lo 21 22 23.5 - 24.5 30 31 31.5 - 32.5
Height 275 317 398 398
Outer dimensions Width mm 735 1016 1004 1231
Depth 780 888 1164 1164
Net Weight kg 21 33 61 72
3
Packing Measurements m 0.26 0.46 0.70 0.84
NOTE:
1 Use it under the following conditions: KPI-8021:
2.9 mmAq or more, KPI-10021: 4.9 mmAq or more
conditions:
- 1.5 m beneath the unit.
The above data was measured in an anaechoic chamber
in the field.
3. In case of the bypass ventilation mode, the noise level is
increased by approx. 1 dB (A)
Model Units EF-5GE

Combined Indoor Unit Model RPI-5HP
Outer
Dimensions
Height 254
Width mm 1350 + 59
Depth 270
Net Weight Kg 12.5
Damper Motor Quantity --- 1
Approximate
3 0.13
Packing Measurement m
Standard Accessories --- Fresh Outdoor Air Inlet Thermistor
GENERAL DATA 2/13
2.6. COMPONENT DATA FOR INDOOR UNITS
The components data indicated are the following:
Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger and Fan unit of:

RCI - 4-Way Cassette Type
RCD - 2-Way Cassette Type
RPC - Ceiling Type
RPI - In-The-Ceiling Type
RPK - Wall Type
RPF - Floor Type
RPFI Floor Concealed Type
Outdoor Unit: Heat Exchanger, Fan unit and Compressor
2.6.1. RCI - 4-WAY CASSETTE TYPE
RCI- RCI- RCI- RCI- RCI- RCI- RCI- RCI-

Model RCI
1.5FSN1E 2.0FSN1E 2.5FSN1E 3.0FSN1E 3.5FSN1E 4.0FSN1E 5.0FSN1E 6.0FSN1E
Heat Exchanger Type Multi-Pass Cross Finned Tube
Material Copper Tube
Outer Diameter mm 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Tube Rows 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
Number of
8 16 16 20 20 30 30 30
Tube/Coil
Heat Exchanger
Material Aluminium
Fin
Pitch mm 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Maximum Operating MPa
4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15
Pressure
Total Face Area m 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47
Number of Coil/Unit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Type Multi-Blade Turbo Fan
Number/unit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fan Outer Diameter mm 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490
Nominal Air Flow 3
m /min 15/14/12 16/14/12 20/17/15 26/23/20 26/23/20 32/28/24 34/29/25 37/32/27
(Hi/Me/Lo)
Type Drip-Proof Type Enclosure
Starting method DC control
Fan
Fan Unit
Nominal Output W 56 56 56 56 56 108 108 108

Motor
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Insulation Class E E E E E E E E
2.6.2. RCD - 2-WAY CASSETTE TYPE
Model RCD RCD-1.5FSN RCD-2.0FSN RCD-2.5FSN RCD-3.0FSN RCD-4.0FSN RCD-5.0FSN

Heat Exchanger
Tube Outer Diameter mm 7 7 7 7 7 7

Rows 2 2 2 2 3 3
Material Aluminium
Fin
Pitch mm 1.6 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
Maximum Operating MPa
4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15
Pressure
Total Face Area m 0.18 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.42 0.42
Number of Coil/Unit 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type Multi-Blade Turbo Fan
Number/unit 1 2 2 2 3 3
Fan Outer Diameter mm 186 186 186 186 186 186
Nominal Air Flow
Fan Unit
3
m /min 12/10/8.5 15/13/11 18/15.5/13.5 22/19/16 30/26/23 32/29/25
(Hi/Me/Lo)
Starting method Permanent Split Capacitor
Fan
Nominal Output W 35 35 55 55 35x2 35x2
Motor
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1
Insulation Class E E E E E E
2/14 GENERAL DATA
RPC- RPC- RPC- RPC- RPC- RPC- RPC-

Model RPC
2.0FSNE 2.5FSNE 3.0FSNE 3.5FSNE 4.0FSNE 5.0FSNE 6.0FSNE
Heat Exchanger
Outer Diameter mm 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53

Tube
Rows 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Number of Tube/Coil 20 20 20 20 32 32 32
Material Aluminium
Fin
Pitch mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Maximum Operating Pressure MPa 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15
Total Face Area m 0.137 0.12 0.176 0.176 0.277 0.347 0.347
Number of Coil/Unit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Type Multi-Blade Centrifugal Fan
Number/unit 3 3 4 4 3 4 4
Fan Outer Diameter mm 101 101 101 101 136 136 136
Nominal Air Flow
Fan Unit
3
m /min 15/13/10 18/16/12 21/17/15 23/20/16 30/24/19 35/28/21 37/32/27
(Hi/Me/Lo)
Fan
Nominal Output W 75 75 75 75 145 145 145
Motor
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Insulation Class B B B B B B B
2.6.4. RPI - IN-THE-CEILING TYPE
RPI - In-the-Ceiling Type (1.5~6.0 HP)

RPI- RPI- RPI- RPI- RPI- RPI- RPI- RPI-
Model RPI 1.5FSNE 2.0FSNE 2.5FSNE 3.0FSNE 3.5FSNE 4.0FSNE 5.0FSNE 6.0FSNE
Heat Exchanger
Outer Diameter mm 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53
Tube
Rows 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
Number of Tube/Coil 20 20 30 30 30 30 30 30
Material Aluminium
Fin
Pitch mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Maximum Operating Pressure MPa 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15
Total Face Area m 0.12 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21
Number of Coil/Unit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Number/unit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Outer Diameter mm 136 180 180 180 180 180 180 180
Fan 3
Nominal Air HSP m /min 16/15/11 19/17/14 22/20/16 22/20/16 30/28/25 35/31/28 36/34/29
Fan Unit
3
Flow STDSP m /min 10/9/7 16/14/12 19/17/15 22/20/17 22/20/17 30/28/26 35/32/29 36/33/31
3
(Hi/Me/Lo) LSP m /min 16/16/13 19/19/15 22/22/18 22/22/18 30/30/28 35/35/31 36/36/33
Fan
Nominal Output W 55 80 225 225 225 350 350 350
Motor
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Insulation Class B B B B B B B B

GENERAL DATA 2/15
RPI - In-the-Ceiling Type (8/10 HP)
Model RPI RPI-8HG7E RPI-10HG7E

Heat Exchanger
Outer Diameter mm 9.53 9.53

Tube
Rows 3 2
Number of Tube/Coil 20 20
Material Aluminium
Fin
Pitch mm 2 2
Maximum Operating Pressure MPa 3.30 3.30
Total Face Area m 0.12 0.21
Number of Coil/Unit 1 1
Number/unit 2 2
Outer Diameter mm 250 250
Fan 3
Nominal Air HSP m /min 66/63/54 75/72/60
Fan Unit
3
Flow STDSP m /min 66/63/55 75/68/61
3
(Hi/Me/Lo) LSP m /min 65/65/56 74/74/63
Fan
Nominal Output W 55 80
Motor
Quantity 1 1
Insulation Class B B
Model RPK RPK-1.5FSNM RPK-2.0FSNM RPK-2.5FSNM RPK-3.0FSNM RPK-3.5FSNM

Heat Exchanger
Tube Outer Diameter mm 7 7 7 7 7

Rows 2 2 2 2 2
Material Aluminium
Fin
Pitch mm 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.4
Maximum Operating Pressure MPa 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15
Total Face Area m 0.26 0.26 0.35 0.35 0.35
Number of Coil/Unit 1 1 1 1 1
Type Tangential Fan
Number/unit 1 1 1 1 1
Fan Outer Diameter mm 100 100 130 130 130
Nominal Air Flow
Fan Unit
3
m /min 13/11/9 14/12/10 22/18/17 22/18/17 26/24/20
(H/M/L)
Fan
Nominal Output W 20 20 40 40 40
Motor
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1
Insulation Class E E E E E
2.6.6. RPF - FLOOR TYPE AND RPFI FLOOR CONCEALED TYPE
RPF- RPF- RPF- RPFI- RPFI- RPFI-

Model RPF and RPFI
1.5FSNE 2.0FSNE 2.5FSNE 1.5FSNE 2.0FSNE 2.5FSNE
Heat Exchanger
Outer Diameter mm 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53

Tube
Rows 2 2 3 2 2 3
Number of Tube/Coil 18 18 24 18 18 24
Material Aluminium
Fin
Pitch mm 2 2 2 2 2 2
Maximum Operating Pressure MPa 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15 4.15
Total Face Area m 0.15 0.21 0.21 0.15 0.21 0.21
Number of Coil/Unit 1 1 1 1 1 1
Number/unit 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fan Outer Diameter mm 136 136 136 136 136 136
Nominal Air Flow
Fan Unit
3
m /min 12/10/9 16/14/11 16/14/11 12/10/9 16/14/11 16/14/11
(H/M/L)
Fan
Nominal Output W 28 45 45 28 45 45
Motor
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1
Insulation Class B B B B B B
2/16 GENERAL DATA
2.7. COMPONENT DATA FOR OUTDOOR UNITS
2.7.1. UTOPIA TYPE OUTDOOR UNIT
Model RAS RAS-2HGV8E (RAS-2.5HGV8E) (RAS-3HGV8E) (RAS-3.5HGV8E) (RAS-4HGV8E) RAS-5HG8E RAS-6HG8E

RAS-2AGV8E RAS-2.5HG8E RAS-3HG8E RAS-3.5HG8E RAS-4HG8E RAS-5AG8E RAS-6AG8E
(RAS-2.5AGV8E) (RAS-3AGV8E) (RAS-3.5AGV8E) (RAS-4AGV8E)
RAS-2.5AG8E RAS-3AG8E RAS-3.5AG8E RAS-4AG8E
Heat Exchanger
Tube Outer Diameter mm 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53
Rows 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Material Aluminium
Fin
Pitch mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2
kg/cm G 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0
Maximum Operating Pressure
MPa 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30
Number of Heat Exchanger / Unit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Type Direct Drive Propeller Fan
Number/Unit 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Outer Diameter mm 465 465 465 465 465 465 465
Fan
870 Upper 870 Upper 865 Upper 865 Upper
Revolution rpm 640 700 800
Fan Unit
575 Lower 575 Lower 820 Lower 820 Lower

3
Nominal Air Flow/Fan m /min 36 40 46 52 70 103 110
Starting Method Permanent Split Capacitor
Fan
Nominal Output W 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
Motor
Quantity 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Insulation Class B B B B B B B
G200AH- G250 AH- G400 DH- G500 DH- G600 DH-
Model units 30Q1 (1~) 38D1 (3~)
G300 AH-47D1(3~)
64D1(3~) 80D1(3~) 90D1(3~)
G250 AH- G400 DH-
G300 AH-47Q1(1~)
38Q1 (1~) 64Q1(1~)
Compressor type Hermetic Scroll
Revolution 50 Hz rpm 2 880 2 880 2 880 2 880 2 880 2 880
Compressor
3
Displacement 50 Hz m /h 4.10 6.48 8.12 11.09 13.82 15.55
Capacity Steps % 0 100 0 - 100 0 - 100 0 - 100 0 - 100 0 - 100
2
Air Tight Pressure kg/cm G 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0
Discharge MPa 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30
Starting Method Direct-on-Line Starting (Three Phase) Permanent Split Starting Capacitor (Single Phase)
Motor
Poles 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type
Insulation Class E E E E E E
Type Ether Oil IDEMITSU FVB68D
Oil
Charge liters 1 1 1 1.5 1.8 1.8
GENERAL DATA 2/17
2.7.2. UTOPIA BIG TYPE OUTDOOR UNIT
Model RAS units RAS-8HG8E , RAS-8AG8E RAS-10HG8E, RAS-10AG8E

Heat Exchanger
Tube Outer Diameter mm 9.53 9.53

Rows 2 3
Material Aluminium
Fin
Pitch mm 2 2
2
kg/cm G 33.0 33.0
MPa 3.30 3.30
Number of Heat Exchanger / Unit 1 1
Type Direct Drive Propeller Fan
Number/Unit 1 1
Fan Outer Diameter mm 610 610
Revolution rpm 870 870
Fan Unit
3
Nominal Air Flow/Fan m /min 135 135
Fan
Nominal Output W 470 470
Motor
Quantity 1 1
Insulation Class B B
Model units G750EL-128D3 G1000EL-160D3
Compressor type Hermetic Scroll
Revolution 50 Hz rpm 2 880 2 880
3
Displacement 50 Hz m /h 11.09 13.82
Compressor
Capacity Steps % 0 - 100 0 100

2
Air Tight Pressure kg/cm G 33.0 33.0
Discharge MPa 3.30 3.30
Direct-on-Line Starting (Three Phase)Permanent Split
Starting Method
Motor Starting Capacitor (Single Phase)
Type Poles 2 2
Insulation Class E E
Type Ether Oil IDEMITSU FV68D
Oil
Charge liters 3.5 3.5
2.7.3. CENTRIFUGAL TYPE OUTDOOR UNIT
Model RAS units RASC-5HG8E

Heat Exchanger
Tube Outer Diameter mm 3/8"

Rows 5
Material Aluminium
Fin
Pitch mm 2
Frontal Area m2 0,52
Kg/cm2 G 33.0
MPa 3.30
Number of Heat Exchanger/Unit 1
Type Centrifugal Fan
Number/Unit 1
Fan Outer Diameter mm 320
Revolutions rpm 950
Fan Unit
Nominal Air Flow/Fan m/min 60

Fan
Nominal Output kW 0,55
Motor
Quantity 1
Insulation Class B
Model G500 DH-80D1
Revolutions 50Hz rpm 2880
Displacement 50Hz mm 13,82
Capacity Steps 0-100
Compressor
Kg/cm G 33.0
Air Tight Pressure Discharge
MPa 3.30
Starting Method Direct-on-line Starting
Motor
Poles 2
Type
Insulation E
Type Ether Oil IDEMUTSU FVB68D
Oil
Charge liters 1,8
2/18 GENERAL DATA
2.8. NAME OF PARTS
2.8.1. INDOOR UNITS
RCI Indoor Unit (1.5 ~ 6.0 HP)

No. Part Name
1 Fan
2 Fan Motor
3 Heat Exchanger
4 Distributor
5 Expansion Valve
6 Electric Control Box
7 Gas Refrigerant Connection
8 Liquid Refrigerant Connection
9 Drain Pipe Connection
10 Motor for Drain Discharge Mechanism
11 Float Switch
12 Drain Pan
13 Panel P-G23WA2
14 Air Filter
15 Air Outlet
16 Air Inlet
17 Strainer
18 Air Inlet Grille
19 Cover for Corner Pocket
RCD Indoor Unit (1.5 ~ 3.0 HP)

No. Part Name
1 Fan
2 Fan Motor
3 Heat Exchanger
4 Distributor
5 Expansion Valve
6 Electrical Control Box
7 Refrigerant Gas Pipe Connection
8 Refrigerant Liquid Pipe Connection
11 Float Switch
12 Drain Pan
13 Panel
14 Air Filter
15 Air Outlet
16 Air Inlet
GENERAL DATA 2/19
RCD Indoor Unit (4.0/5.0 HP)

No. Part Name
1 Fan
2 Fan Motor
3 Heat Exchanger
4 Distributor
5 Expansion Valve
11 Float Switch
12 Drain Pan
13 Panel
14 Air Filter
15 Air Outlet
16 Air Inlet
RPC Indoor Unit (2.0 ~ 6.0 HP)

No. Part Name
1 Fan Casing
2 Fan
3 Fan Motor
4 Heat Exchanger
5 Distributor
6 Expansion Valve
11 Motor for Auto-Swing Louver
12 Drain Pan
13 Air Outlet
14 Air Filter
15 Side Cover
16 Air Inlet
2/20 GENERAL DATA
RPI Indoor Unit (1.5 HP)

No. Part Name
1 Fan Casing
2 Fan
3 Fan Motor
4 Heat Exchanger
5 Distributor
6 Expansion Valve
11 Drain Up Mechanism
12 Air Filter
13 Air Outlet
14 Air Inlet
RPI Indoor Unit (2.0 ~ 6.0 HP)

No. Part Name
1 Fan Casing
2 Fan
3 Fan Motor
4 Heat Exchanger
5 Distributor
6 Expansion Valve
11 Drain Up Mechanism
12 Air Filter
13 Air Outlet
14 Air Inlet
GENERAL DATA 2/21
RPI Indoor Unit (8 ~ 10 HP)

No.Part Name
1 Fan Casing
2 Fan
3 Fan Motor
4 Heat Exchanger
5 Capillary tube
6 Restrictor
10 Air Inlet
11 Air Outlet
13 Capacitor
RPK Indoor Unit (1.5/2.0 HP)

No. Part Name
1 Fan
2 Fan Motor
3 Heat Exchanger
4 Distributor
5 Expansion Valve
11 Drain Pan
12 Air Filter
13 Air Outlet
14 Air Inlet
15 Side Cover
RPK Indoor Unit (2.5 ~ 4.0 HP)

No. Part Name
1 Fan
2 Fan Motor
3 Heat Exchanger
4 Distributor
5 Expansion Valve
11 Drain Pan
12 Air Filter
13 Air Outlet
14 Air Inlet
15 Side Cover
2/22 GENERAL DATA
RPF Indoor Unit (1.5 ~ 2.5 HP)

No. Part Name
1 Fan Casing
2 Fan
3 Fan Motor
4 Heat Exchanger
5 Distributor
6 Expansion Valve
11 Air Outlet
12 Air Inlet
RPFI Indoor Unit (1.5 ~ 2.5 HP)

No. Part Name
1 Fan Casing
2 Fan
3 Fan Motor
4 Heat Exchanger
5 Distributor
6 Expansion Valve
11 Air Outlet
12 Air Inlet
GENERAL DATA 2/23
2.8.2. COMPLEMENTARY SYSTEMS
KPI Heat Exchanger

No. Part Name
1 Air Inlet
2 Air Outlet
3 Total Heat Exchanger Element
4 Fan
5 Cover Heat Exchanger
ECONO-FRESH Kit
No. Part Name
1 Return Air Inlet
2 Outdoor Air Inlet
3 Damper
4 Supply Air Outlet
2/24 GENERAL DATA
2.8.3. OUTDOOR UNITS
RAS - UTOPIA OUTDOOR UNIT (2 ~ 3 HP) FOR COOLING ONLY MODELS

No. Part Name
1 Fan
2 Fan Motor
3 Heat Exchanger
4 Capillary tube for Gas By-pass
5 Strainer
7 Compressor
8 Stop Valve for Gas Line
9 Stop Valve for Liquid Line
10 Accumulator
11 Solenoid Valve for Gas By-pass
12 High Pressure Switch
13 Pressure Switch
14 Oil Heater
15 Vibration Isolation Rubber
Air Outlet Air Inlet
RAS - UTOPIA OUTDOOR UNIT (3.5 ~ 6 HP) FOR COOLING ONLY MODELS
No. Part Name
1 Fan
2 Fan Motor
3 Heat Exchanger
5 Strainer
7 Compressor
10 Accumulator
12 High Pressure Switch
13 Pressure Switch
14 Oil Heater
Air Outlet
Air Inlet
Air Outlet
GENERAL DATA 2/25
RAS - UTOPIA OUTDOOR UNIT (2 ~ 3 HP) FOR HEAT PUMP MODELS

No. Part Name
1 Fan
2 Fan Motor
3 Heat Exchanger
5 Strainer
7 Compressor
8 Check Valve
9 Reversing Valve
12 Accumulator
13 Check Joint
15 High-Pressure Switch
16 Pressure Switch
17 Oil Heater
Air Outlet Air Inlet
RAS - UTOPIA OUTDOOR UNIT (3.5 ~ 6 HP) FOR HEAT PUMP MODELS
No. Part Name
1 Fan
2 Fan Motor
3 Heat Exchanger
5 Strainer
7 Compressor
8 Check Valve
9 Reversing Valve
12 Accumulator
Air Outlet 13 Check Joint
16 Pressure Switch
Air Inlet 17 Oil Heater
Air Outlet
2/26 GENERAL DATA
RAS - UTOPIA BIG OUTDOOR UNIT FOR COOLING ONLY MODELS

No. Part Name
1 Compressor
2 Heat Exchanger
3 Propeller fan
4 Fan Motor
5 Accumulator
9 Oil Heater
11 Check Joint
13 Strainer
RAS - UTOPIA BIG OUTDOOR UNIT FOR HEAT PUMP MODELS

No. Part Name
1 Compressor
2 Heat Exchanger
3 Propeller fan
4 Fan Motor
5 Accumulator
6 Reversing Valve
10 Oil Heater
11 Capillary tube
13 Pressure Switch
14 Check Joint
16 Strainer
17 Check Valve
18 Solenoid Valve
GENERAL DATA 2/27
RASC - UTOPIA CENTRIFUGAL TYPE

No. Part Name
1 Fan
2 Fan Motor
3 Heat Exchanger
5 Strainer
7 Compressor
8 Check Valve
9 Reversing Valve
12 Accumulator
13 Check Joint
16 Pressure Switch
17 Oil Heater
19 Protector Net
20 Drain Pipe
21 Stop Valve Protector
22 Drain Pan
23 Drain Pipe Protector
24 Cycle Service Panel
25 Air Inlet Panel
26 Air Outlet Panel
27 Fan Service Panel
DIMENSIONAL DATA 3/1
3. DIMENSIONAL DATA
This chapter shows the physical features and the minimum service space required for each unit of the new Hitachi UTOPIA G8
Series.
CONTENTS
3 DIMENSIONAL DATA______________________________________________________ 1
3.1. Indoor Units______________________________________________________________ 2
3.1.1. 4-Way Cassette Type Models: RCI-1.5~6.0 with Air panel PG23DWA2 ________________ 2
3.1.2. 2-Way Cassette Type Models: RCD-1.5~3.5 with Air Panel P-G23DWA1 ______________ 3
3.1.3. 2-Way Cassette Type Models: RCD-4.0/5.0 with Air Panel P-G46DWA1 (Optional) ______ 4
3.1.4. Ceiling Type Models: RPC-2.0________________________________________________ 5
3.1.5. Ceiling Type Models: RPC-2.5/3.0/3.5__________________________________________ 6
3.1.6. Ceiling Type Models: RPC-4.0________________________________________________ 7
3.1.7. Ceiling Type Models: RPC-5.0/6.0_____________________________________________ 8
3.1.8. In -the-Ceiling Type Model: RPI-1.5____________________________________________ 9
3.1.9. In-the-Ceiling Type Models: RPI-2.0~3.5_______________________________________ 10
3.1.10. In-the-Ceiling Type Models: RPI-4.0/5.0/6.0 ____________________________________ 11
3.1.11. In-the-Ceiling Type Models: RPI-8/10 _________________________________________ 12
3.1.12. Wall Type Models: RPK-1.5~2.0 _____________________________________________ 13
3.1.13. Wall Type Models: RPK-2.5~3.5 _____________________________________________ 14
3.1.14. Floor Type Models: RPF-1.5~2.5_____________________________________________ 15
3.1.15. Floor Type Models: RPFI-1.5~2.5 ____________________________________________ 16
3.2. Complementary Systems __________________________________________________ 17
3.2.1. Total Heat Exchanger KPI __________________________________________________ 17
3.2.2. Econofresh Kit ___________________________________________________________ 18
3.3. Outdoor Units ___________________________________________________________ 19
3.3.1. RAS Utopia Type _______________________________________________________ 19
3.3.2. RAS Utopia Big Type ____________________________________________________ 21
3.3.3. RAS CentrIfugal Type ____________________________________________________ 22
3/2 DIMENSIONAL DATA
3.1. INDOOR UNITS
3.1.1. 4-WAY CASSETTE TYPE MODELS: RCI-1.5~6.0 WITH AIR PANEL P-G23DWA2
Units: mm
Model / a b
Pipe Size
RCI-1.5 12.7 6.35
RCI-2.0 15.88 6.35
View from A RCI-2.5 15.88 9.53
RCI-3.0 15.88 9.53
RCI-3.5 15.88 9.53
RCI-4.0 19.05 9.53
RCI-5.0 19.05 9.53
RCI-6.0 19.05 9.53
Unit HP B (mm)
RCI-1.5~2.5 248
RCI-3.0~6.0 298
Service Space Service Space

(Single Installation) (Multiple Installation)
Surroundings
in the ceiling
Mark Name Remarks Mark Name Remarks

1 Air Inlet 10 Supply Duct Connection 150x385 knockout hole
2 Air Outlet 4-way 11 Supply Duct Connection 150x400 knockout hole
3 Refrigerant Gas Line a Flare Nut 12 Air grille
4 Refrigerant Liquid Line b Flare Nut 13 Panel
5 Drain Pipe 32 Outer Diameter 14 Service Access Panel
6 Wiring Hole for conduit tube 32.5 knockout hole 15 Piping Connection
7 Wiring Hole 30x39 Hole 16 Ceiling Opening Hole
8 Suspension bracket
9 Suspension Bolt 4-M10 or W3/8
3.1.2. 2-WAY CASSETTE TYPE MODELS: RCD-1.5~3.5 WITH AIR PANEL P-G23DWA1
View from A
View from B
Double Single
Installation Installation
Surroundings in
the Ceiling
Enlarged view of D View from E
Model / Pipe Sizes a b

RCD-1.5 12.7 6.35
RCD-2.0 15.88 6.35
RCD-2.5 15.88 9.53
RCD-3.0 15.88 9.53

1 Air Inlet 7 Ceiling Open Hole 1060 x 670
2 Air Outlet 2-way 8 Suspension Bracket
3 Refrigerant Gas Line a Flare Nut 9 Wiring Hole 36 x 39mm
4 Refrigerant Liquid Line b Flare Nut 10 Supply Duct Connection 2 150 x 400
6 Hole for Suspension Bolt 890 x 540 12 Piping Connection
13 Wiring Connection Cable 32.5mm
14 Self-Tapping Screw 9-M4 / 10 M4
3.1.3. 2-WAY CASSETTE TYPE MODELS: RCD-4.0/5.0 WITH AIR PANEL P-G46DWA1 (OPTIONAL)
View from A
View from B
Double Single
Installation Installation
Enlarged view of D
Surroundings in
the Ceiling
View from E

1 Air Inlet 7 Ceiling Open Hole 1620 x 670
2 Air Outlet 2-way 8 Suspension Bracket
3 Refrigerant Gas Line 19.05 Flare Nut 9 Wiring Hole 36 x 39mm
4 Refrigerant Liquid Line 9.53 Flare Nut 10 Supply Duct Connection 2 150 x 400
6 Hole for Suspension Bolt 1450 x 540 12 Piping Connection
13 Wiring Connection Cable 32.5mm
14 Self-Tapping Screw 9-M4 / 10 M4
3.1.4. CEILING TYPE MODELS: RPC-2.0
Service Space
Piping Connection Arrangement

1 Air Discharge Condensate Drain Piping (for B Side) 25 O.D.
7
2 Air Inlet Connection Knockout Hole
Knockout Hole for Top 8 Refrigerant Liquid Line 6.35 Flare Nut
3 Hole for Refrigerant Piping Side. Refrigerant Piping 9 Refrigerant Gas Line 15.88 Flare Nut
Arrangement
10 Hole for Suspension Bolt 12 Removable
Condensate Drain Piping (for A Side)
4 12 bracket can be
Connection 25 Outer Diameter. 11 Hole for Suspension Bolt
attached to this position
5 Hole for Refrigerant Piping Knockout Hole
6 Hole for Conduit Tube 32.5 Knockout Hole
3.1.5. CEILING TYPE MODELS: RPC-2.5/3.0/3.5
Service Space
Fixing Bracket

1 Air Discharge 6 Hole for Conduit Tube 32.5 Knockout Hole
2 Air Inlet Condensate Drain Piping (for B Side) 25 O.D.
7
Knockout Hole for Top Connection Knockout Hole
3 Hole for Refrigerant Piping Side. Refrigerant Piping 8 Refrigerant Liquid Line 9.53 Flare Nut
Arrangement
9 Refrigerant Gas Line 15.88 Flare Nut
4 10 Hole for Suspension Bolt 12 Removable
Connection 25 Outer Diameter
5 Hole for Refrigerant Piping Knockout Hole 12 bracket can be
11 Hole for Suspension Bolt
3.1.6. CEILING TYPE MODELS: RPC-4.0
Service Space
Fixing Bracket

7
Arrangement
3.1.7. CEILING TYPE MODELS: RPC-5.0/6.0
Service Space
Fixing Bracket

7
Arrangement
3.1.8. IN -THE-CEILING TYPE MODEL: RPI-1.5
(Rear)
Service Space
(Front)
Mark Name Remarks

1 Supply Air Connection
2 Air Intake
3 Refrigerant Gas Line 12.7 Flare Nut (35 Hole)
4 Refrigerant Liquid Line 6.35 Flare Nut (30 Hole)
5 Condensate Drain 32 Outer Diameter
6 Connection Hole for Power Supply 2-20
7 Suspension Bracket
8 Electrical Box
3.1.9. IN-THE-CEILING TYPE MODELS: RPI-2.0~3.5
Service Space
a b
Model / Pipe Sizes
(mm) (mm)
RPI-2.0 15.88 6.35
RPI-2.5 15.88 9.53
RPI-3.0 15.88 9.53
Mark Name Remarks

1 Air Discharge
2 Air Inlet
3 Refrigerant Gas Line a Flare Nut
4 Refrigerant Liquid Line b Flare Nut
5 Condensate Drain 32 Outer Diameter.
6 Service Space Door
7 Electrical Box
8 Wiring Connection
9 Suspension Brackets
3.1.10. IN-THE-CEILING TYPE MODELS: RPI-4.0/5.0/6.0
Service Space
Mark Name Remarks

1 Air Discharge
2 Air Intake
7 Electrical Box
8 Wiring Connection
3.1.11. IN-THE-CEILING TYPE MODELS: RPI-8/10
Service Space
a b
Model / Pipe Sizes
(mm) (mm)
RPI-8 12.70
28.60
RPI-10 15.88
Mark Name Remarks

1 Air Discharge
2 Air Intake
7 Electrical Box
8 Wiring Connection
3.1.12. WALL TYPE MODELS: RPK-1.5~2.0
View from A
Mark Name Remarks

1 Air Inlet
2 Air Outlet
12.7 Flare Nut (RPK-1.5FSNM)
3 Refrigerant Gas Line
15.88 Flare Nut (RPK-2.0FSNM)
4 Refrigerant Liquid Line 6.35 Flare Nut
5 Drain Pipe 26 Outer Diameter
6 Receiver Part
7 Knockout Hole
3.1.13. WALL TYPE MODELS: RPK-2.5~3.5
Mark Name Remarks

1 Air Inlet
2 Air Outlet
4 Refrigerant Liquid Line 9.35 Flare Nut
5 Drain Pipe 26 Outer Diameter
6 Receiver Part
7 Knockout Hole
3.1.14. FLOOR TYPE MODELS: RPF-1.5~2.5
View from Upper Side View from Front Side
For Bolt
2-12, 15x18
Location of Fixing Holes on Location of Fixing Holes Location of Fixing Holes on Wall
Floor for Wood Screws (4-M5) on Floor for Bolts (2-M8)
ceiling
Units(mm)
Model / Dimension a b
RPF-1.5 1170 857
RPF-2.0 1420 1107
RPF-2.5 1420 1107
Units(mm)
Model / Diameter c d
RPF-1.5 12.7 6.35
RPF-2.0 15.88 6.35 Wall Wall
RPF-2.5 15.88 9.53
Service Access

1 Air Inlet 6 Drain Pan
2 Air Outlet 7 Fixing Hole on Wall 4-14 mm(Rear)
3 Refrigerant Gas Line c Flare Nut 8 Adjusting Screw For Installation
4 Refrigerant Liquid Line d Flare Nut 9 Fixing Hole on Floor 4-7 mm for Wood Screw
5 Condensate Drain Hose 18.5 Outer Diameter 10 Fixing Hole on Floor
11 Opening for wiring Rear side
Space for Piping
12
Connection On Floor
3.1.15. FLOOR TYPE MODELS: RPFI-1.5~2.5
View from upper side View from front side
Location of Fixing Holes on

Floor for Wood Screws (4-M5)
Units(mm) Units(mm)
Model / Dimension A B C D E F G Model / Diameter h i
RPFI-1.5 12.7 6.35
RPFI-1.5 973 831 54.5 857 137
RPFI-2.0 15.88 6.35
RPFI-2.0 RPFI-2.5 15.88 9.53
1223 1081 11 1107 139
RPFI-2.5

1 Air Inlet 5 Condensate Drain Hose 18.5 Outer Diameter
2 Air Outlet 6 Air Filter
3 Refrigerant Gas Line h Flare Nut 7 Fixing Hole on Wall 4-14 mm (Rear)
4 Refrigerant Liquid Line i Flare Nut 8 Adjusting Screw For Installation
9 Fixing Hole on Floor 4-7 mm for Wood Screw
3.2. COMPLEMENTARY SYSTEMS
3.2.1. TOTAL HEAT EXCHANGER KPI

Models: KPI 2521/ KPI-5021/ KPI-8021/ KPI-10021
Service Space
Outer For Suspension Duct direction

Duct Duct Diameter
Model dimension bolt change
A B C D E F G H J K
KPI-2521 735 780 275 765 700 530 63 142 160 102
KPI-5021 1016 888 317 1048 790 745 79 192 208 124
KPI-8021 1004 1164 398 1036 1030 690 79 242 258 149
KPI-10021 1231 1164 398 1263 1030 920 79 242 258 149
Mark Name
1 Air Inlet
2 Air Outlet
3 Air Filter
4 Service Cover
5 Electrical Box
6 Suspension Bracket
Model: EF-5GE
Service Space
Mark Name Remarks

1 Air Outlet
2 Return Air Inlet
3 Outdoor Air Inlet
4 Electrical Box
5 Suspension Bracket 4-15x12 mm
3.3. OUTDOOR UNITS
3.3.1. RAS UTOPIA TYPE

Models: RAS-(2/2.5/3)(A/H)G(V)8E
RAS-2(A/H)G(V)8E 15.88 6.35
RAS-2.5(A/H)G(V)8E 15.88 9.53
2U Cut Holes RAS-3(A/H)G(V)8E 15.88 9.53
units: mm
View from A
212.5 Holes
Air Outlet
Service Space
Mark Name Remarks

1 Hole for Power Supply Wiring 26.5 Knockout Hole
connection
2 Hole for Control Circuit Wiring 26.5 Knockout Hole
connection
3 Refrigerant Gas Piping Connection a Flare Nut
4 Refrigerant Liquid Piping b Flare Nut
Connection
5 Service Panel for Compressor and
Electrical Control Box
7 Hole for Condensate Drain Piping 424
8 Hole for Condensate Drain 426
NOTE:
Refrigerant Stop Valves are located inside the cabinet
Air Flow Direction
RAS Utopia Type (Cont.)
Models: RAS-(3.5/4/5/6)(A/H)G(V)8E
RAS-3.5(A/H)G(V)8E 15.88 9.53
RAS-4(A/H)G(V)8E 19.05 9.53
RAS-5(A/H)G8E 19.05 9.53
2U Cut Holes RAS-6(A/H)G8E 19.05 9.53
View from A units: mm
212.5 Holes
Air Outlet
Service Space
Mark Name Remarks

1 Hole for Power Supply Wiring 26.5 Knockout Hole
connection
connection
4 Refrigerant Liquid Piping b Flare Nut
Connection
NOTE:
Refrigerant Stop Valves are located inside the cabinet
Air Flow Direction
3.3.2. RAS UTOPIA BIG TYPE
Models: RAS-(8/10)(A/H)G8E

RAS-8(A/H)G8E 28.6 12.7
RAS-10(A/H)G8E 28.6 15.88
units: mm
No limits on
wall heigh
No limits on
wall heigh
(front)
Hole for Refrigerant

and Drain Piping
Service Panel
Protection Net
Air Outlet
Refrigerant Gas
Piping connection
Refrigerant Liquid
Piping connection Air Inlet
(Front)
Knockout Hole for

Refrigerant Piping
Hole for Refrigerant

Piping connection
Mark Name Remarks

1 Hole for Power Supply Wiring 32.5.5 Knockout Hole
connection
connection
4 Refrigerant Liquid Piping b Flare Nut)
Connection
NOTE:
*(100): 100 mm is recommended.
In case A dimension is shorter than 1500, provide air outlet duct
3.3.3. RAS CENTRIFUGAL TYPE
Model: RASC-5HG8E
Alternative Air
Inlet
Air Inlet
View From A
Air Outlet
Alternative Air
Outlet
Air Inlet Grille
Mark Name Remarks

1 Holes for E-Box Access
2 Service Panel for E-Box
3 Valve Protector
4 Refrigerant Gas Valve 19.05 Flare Nut
5 Refrigerant Liquid Valve 9.53 Flare Nut
6 Drain Pipe Protection
7 Drain Pipe
CAPACITIES AND SELECTION DATA 4/1
4 CAPACITIES AND SELECTION DATA

This chapter is a guide for selecting the most suitable units for your requirements and shows you the performance details of
each unit.
CONTENTS
4 CAPACITIES AND SELECTION DATA ________________________________________ 1

4.1. System Selection Procedure_________________________________________________ 2
4.1.1. How to use the data from the chapter __________________________________________ 2
4.1.2. Selection Example for Cooling Load ___________________________________________ 2
4.1.3. Selection Example, Heating Load _____________________________________________ 4
4.1.4. Selection Guide for KPI _____________________________________________________ 5
4.1.5. Selection Guide for Econofresh _______________________________________________ 7
4.2. Combinability_____________________________________________________________ 8
4.3. Standard Cooling and Heating capacity tables ___________________________________ 9
4.4. Cooling Capacity table ____________________________________________________ 11
4.5. Heating Capacity table ____________________________________________________ 12
4.6. Correction Factors________________________________________________________ 13
4.6.1. Correction Factors Due to piping length _______________________________________ 13
4.6.2. Sensible Heat Factor ______________________________________________________ 14
4.7. Fan Performance ________________________________________________________ 15
4.7.1. RPI - Fan Performance ____________________________________________________ 15
4.7.2. KPI - Fan Performance ____________________________________________________ 17
4.8. Temperature Distribution Diagrams __________________________________________ 18
4.8.1. RCI 4-Way Cassette Type __________________________________________________ 18
4.8.2. RCD 2-Way Cassette Type _________________________________________________ 21
4.8.3. RPC-Ceiling Type ________________________________________________________ 23
4.9. Sound Data _____________________________________________________________ 24
4.9.1. RCI - 4- Way Cassette Type ________________________________________________ 24
4.9.2. RCD - 2-Way Cassette Type ________________________________________________ 26
4.9.3. RPC - Ceiling Type _______________________________________________________ 28
4.9.4. RPI - In-the-Ceiling Type ___________________________________________________ 30
4.9.5. RPK - Wall Type__________________________________________________________ 33
4.9.6. RPF - Floor Type _________________________________________________________ 34
4.9.7. RPFI - Floor Concealed Type _______________________________________________ 35
4.9.8. RAS - Outdoor Units ______________________________________________________ 36
4.9.9. RASC - Outdoor Unit ______________________________________________________ 38
4.10. Operation Space _________________________________________________________ 39
4.10.1. RCI 4-Way Cassette Type __________________________________________________ 39
4.10.2. RCD 2-Way Cassette Type _________________________________________________ 39
4.10.3. RPC Ceiling Type_________________________________________________________ 39
4.10.4. RPI In-the-Ceiling Type ____________________________________________________ 40
4.10.5. RPK Wall Type___________________________________________________________ 40
4.10.6. RPF Floor Type __________________________________________________________ 40
4.10.7. RPFI Floor Concealed Type_________________________________________________ 40
4.10.8. Outdoor Units ____________________________________________________________ 41
4.10.9. KPI - Heat Recover _______________________________________________________ 41
4.10.10. Econofresh Kit ___________________________________________________________ 41
4/2 CAPACITIES AND SELECTION DATA
4.1. SYSTEM SELECTION PROCEDURE
This chapter shows how to select a suitable model for

certain requirements.
4.1.1. HOW TO USE THE DATA FROM THE 4.1.2. SELECTION EXAMPLE FOR COOLING
CHAPTER LOAD
When your requirements are defined (load, working In order to show how to select the units characteristics, we
temperatures and installation requirements) is necessary to define the following requirements:
select the most suitable units.
Step 0: System requirements
To calculate the suitable units use the following information:
Cooling load:
From chapter 4: Total cooling load: 10.5 kW
Sensible heat load: 8.0 kW
Combinability from subchapter 4.2 Outdoor Air inlet Dry Bulb temperature: 35.0 C
Cooling capacity data from subchapter 4.4 Indoor Air inlet Dry Bulb Temperature: 26.0 C
Indoor Air inlet Wet Bulb Temperature: 18.0 C
Heating capacity data from subchapter 4.5
Piping length and lift correction factor from subchapter Installation restrictions:
4.6 Power source: 380 V, 3~, 50 Hz.
Outdoor unit under indoor unit: 15.0 meters.
Sensible heat factor from subchapter 4.6.3
Piping Length: 27.0 meters
If a duct type unit is selected subchapter 4.7
Air flow distribution from subchapter 4.8 Indoor units type:
In this case Twin system with an RPK-FSNM and
Noise data from subchapter 4.9 RPC-FSNE indoor units is required.
Operation space from subchapter 4.10
Use also the following data: Step 1: Select outdoor unit capacity performance
General data from Chapter 2 Pre-select an outdoor unit according to required the cooling
Electrical Data from Chapter 6 load at defined temperatures (outdoor air inlet dry Bulb and
indoor air inlet wet bulb). Selected unit must have a bigger
If duct type unit is selected, the fan performance for duct cooling capacity than the cooling capacity required.
calculation should be considered, as Subchapter 4.8.
shows. The units are designed with three possible static Use cooling capacity data from subchapter 4.4.
pressure ranges in order to adapt it to all installation
necessities. Indoor air inlet web bulb (C) /
Next examples of selection unit for Cooling Load and Outdoor dry bulb (C)
Heating Load will use the following units type, selected after CR Air Inlet 16/23 18/25
consider above indications. DB (C)
CAP IPTo/u CAP IPTo/u
10 9,13 3,44 9,71 3,55
15 8,83 3,62 9,42 3,69
21 8,35 3,82 8,93 3,93
RAS-5HG8E 0,61 25 12,77 3,62 13,62 3,69
30 12,40 3,83 13,23 3,91
35 11,89 4,05 12,74 4,14
40 11,77 4,28 12,50 4,37
Table 1 -Cooling Capacity Data-
Apply a correction factor according to piping length and lift

(subchapter 4.6) to the cooling capacity from table 1:
System cooling capacity = cooling capacity x

correction factor = 12,74 x 0,9 = 11,47 kW
We conclude that the most suitable Outdoor unit for the

system requirements is RAS-5HG8E.
Step 2: Indoor unit capacity performance

Select the indoor units according to your specific where
requirements. In this case Twin system using a RPK and SHCc corrected sensible heat capacity (kW).
RPC unit is required. See combinability from subchapter 4.2 SHC sensible heat capacity (kW).
for allowed indoor units. CR correction ratio (from subchapter 4.4).
DBr evaporator dry bulb temp (C).
In this case outdoor unit selected (step 1) is a RAS-5HG8E DB evaporator dry bulb temp (C) or interpolated for each
(allows to be combined with RPK-3.0FSNM and RPC- WB in the table.
2.0FSNE indoor units).
Once outdoor unit and indoor units have been selected is

necessary to adjust the indoor unit nominal capacity to the For the example system:
system.
SHCcRPC = 3,38 + 0,61x(26-25) = 3,99 kW
A. Outdoor unit fix the system cooling capacity. SHCcRPK = 4,74 + 0,61x(26-25) = 5,35 kW
B. Get, for each indoor unit, the nominal capacity from
chapter 2.
System sensible heat capacity is:
C. Define indoor unit capacity distribution for each unit
based on total system indoor unit capacity. SHCc = SHCcRPC + SHCcRPK = 3,99 + 5,35 = 9,34
D. To calculate indoor unit capacity apply the indoor unit
distribution ratios to the system cooling capacity. SHCc = 9,34 kW
RAS-5HG8E RPC-2.0FSNE RPK-3.0FSNM Step 4: IPT calculation

A cooling capacity 11,47 kW
B nominal capacity 5,0 kW 7,1 kW Use cooling capacity data from subchapter 4.4. to get
outdoor unit input at required temperatures.
C distribution =5,0/(5,0+7,1) =7,1/(5,0+7,1)
=0,41 =0,59 Indoor air inlet web bulb (C) /
dry bulb (C)
Outdoor Air
D unit performance =11,47x0,41 =11,47x0,59 CR 16/23 18/25
Inlet DB (C)
capacity =4,70kW =6,77kW CAP IPTo/u CAP IPTo/u
10 9,13 3,44 9,71 3,55
SYSTEM CAPACITY 11,47 kW 4,70 kW 6,77 kW 30 12,40 3,83 13,23 3,91
RAS-5HG8E 0.61
35 11,89 4,05 12,74 4,14
Step 3: Sensible heat capacity (SHC) 40

Table 2 -Cooling Capacity data-
11,77 4,28 12,50 4,37
System requirements specify a sensible heat load equal to

8kW. When unit performance capacity is defined is possible Get indoor unit input from chapter 6 Electrical data.
to calculate sensible heat capacity for each indoor unit.
IPT = IPTo/u + IPTi/u
From subchapter 4.6.3 get Sensible heat factor SHF for high IPT= IPTo/u + IPTRPC + IPTRPK = 4,14 + 0,14 + 0,09 = 4,37
fan speed.
IPT = 4,37 kW
Calculate sensible heat corrected factor for all indoor units
using the formula:
Step 5: EER calculation
SHC = unit performance capacity x SHF
To calculate EER use the following formula:
SHCRPC = 4,70 x 0,72 = 3,38 kW
SHCRPK = 6,77 x 0,70 = 4,74 kW EER = Cooling capacity / IPT
EER = 11,47 / 4,37 = 2,62
Difference between system required indoor air inlet dry bulb
temperature (26 C) and cooling capacity data indoor air EER =2,62
inlet dry bulb temperature (25) makes necessary to adjust
the sensible heat corrected for each indoor unit. Use the
following formula:
SHCc =SHC + CR x (DBr DB)

4.1.3. SELECTION EXAMPLE, HEATING LOAD
In order to show how to select system units characteristics, A. Outdoor unit fix the system cooling capacity.
we define the following requirements: B. Get, for each indoor unit, the nominal capacity from
chapter 2.
Step 0: System requirements C. Define indoor unit capacity distribution for each unit
based on total system indoor unit capacity.
Heating load: D. To calculate indoor unit capacity apply the indoor unit
Total heating load: 11 kW distribution ratios to the system cooling capacity.
Outdoor Air inlet Wet Bulb Temperature: 0C
RAS-5HG8E RPC-2.0FSNE RPK-3.0FSNM
Indoor Air inlet Dry Bulb Temperature: 18C
A cooling capacity 12,57 kW
Installation restrictions: B nominal capacity 5,60 kW 8,00 kW
Power source: 380 V, 3~, 50 Hz.
C distribution =5,6/(5,6+8,0) =8,0/(5,6+8,0)
Outdoor unit under indoor unit: 15.0 metres.
Piping Length: 27.0 meters =0,41 =0,59
Indoor units type: D unit performance =12,57x0,41 =12,57x0,59

In this case Twin system with an RPK-FSNM and RPC- capacity =5,15kW =7,42kW
FSNE indoor units is required.
SYSTEM CAPACITY 12,57 kW 5,15 kW 7,42 kW
Step 1: Select outdoor unit capacity performance
Pre-select an outdoor unit according to required the heating Step 3: IPT calculation
load at defined temperatures (outdoor air inlet and indoor air
inlet wet bulb). Selected unit must have a bigger heating Use heating capacity data from subchapter 4.4. to get
capacity than the heating capacity required. outdoor unit input at required temperatures.
Use heating capacity data from subchapter 4.5. Indoor air inlet cry bulb (C)
Outdoor
Air Inlet 16 18
Outdoor Indoor air inlet dry bulb (C) WB (C) CAP IPT o/u CAP IPT o/u
Air Inlet 16 18
-7 9,51 4,29 9,39 4,38
WB (C) CAP IPT o/u CAP IPT o/u
-5 11,14 4,40 11,00 4,44
-7 9,51 4,29 9,39 4,38
0 12,71 4,50 12,57 4,59
-5 11,14 4,40 11,00 4,44 RAS-5HG8E
5 14,14 4,80 14,00 4,84
0 12,71 4,50 12,57 4,59
RAS-5HG8E 10 15,71 5,06 15,57 5,18
5 14,14 4,80 14,00 4,84
15 17,14 5,35 17,14 5,40
10 15,71 5,06 15,57 5,18
Table 4 -Heating capacity data-
15 17,14 5,35 17,14 5,40
Table 3 -Heating Capacity data- Get indoor unit input from chapter 6 Electrical data.
Apply a correction factor according to piping length and lift IPT = IPTo/u + IPTI/U
(subchapter 4.7) to the heating capacity from table 3. IPT= IPTo/u + IPTRPC + IPTRPK = 4,59 + 0,14 + 0,09 = 4,82
System heating capacity = heating capacity x IPT= 4,82 kW

correction factor = 12.57 x 1.0 = 12.57 kW
We conclude that the most suitable Outdoor unit for the

system requirements is RAS-5HG8E. Step 4: EER calculation
To calculate EER use the following formula:
Step 2: Indoor unit performance capacity
EER = Heating capacity / IPT
Select the indoor units according to your specific EER = 12,57 / 4,82 = 2,60
requirements. In this case Twin system using a RPK and
RPC unit is required. See combinability from subchapter 4.2 EER = 2,60
for allowed indoor units.
In this case outdoor unit selected (step 1) is an RAS-5HG8E

(allows to be combined with RPK-3.0FSNM and RPC-
2.0FSNE indoor units).
Once outdoor unit and indoor units have been selected is

necessary to adjust the indoor unit nominal capacity to the
system.
4.1.4. SELECTION GUIDE FOR KPI Applicable range of surfaces.

If we consider a medium height of 3 m we calculate the
In order to calculate the adequate unit, it is going to explain surface range which suits KPI for the following air
two methods. ventilations.
Method 1, Areas Air
Method 2, Inhabitants Venti- Airflow Rate 2
Unit 3 Room Area (m )
lations (m /h)
(N )
It is important to check the local legislation about ventilation KPI-2521 165-250 27-42
for the final results, here it can find a quick method in order KPI-5021 350-500 58-83
to calculate the ventilation. Remember that this is an 2
KPI-8021 670-800 111-133
approximation of the result. KPI-10021 870-1000 145-167
KPI-2521 165-250 11-17
It will need to change the air in order to reduce the CO2 rate
KPI-5021 350-500 23-33
in a room, eliminate unpleasant smells, smoke, and other 5
KPI-8021 670-800 45-53
kinds of pollution. Summarising we ventilate a room to
KPI-10021 870-1000 58-67
provide a higher level of comfort to the people who is inside.
The first point to analyse is the kind of activity developed in KPI-2521 165-250 8-12
the room. Is not the same an office than a pub. KPI-5021 350-500 17-24
7
KPI-8021 670-800 32-38
After this it calculate the volume of the room we want to KPI-10021 870-1000 41-48
condition. KPI-2521 165-250 5-8
KPI-5021 350-500 12-17
10
Method 1 KPI-8021 670-800 22-27
KPI-10021 870-1000 29-33
This method is based in areas, and the number of air KPI-2521 165-250 4-6
removals. KPI-5021 350-500 8-11
15
Volume V( m ) = L x A x H (m) KPI-8021 670-800 15-18
KPI-10021 870-1000 19-22
KPI-2521 165-250 3-4
L x A = Room area (m) KPI-5021 350-500 6-8
20
H = Ceiling height (m) KPI-8021 670-800 11-13
KPI-10021 870-1000 14-17
Look to the table below in order to know the number of air KPI-2521 165-250 2-3
ventilations per hour necessary depending on the kind of KPI-5021 350-500 4-6
30
room. This table is not a standard ventilation depends of the KPI-8021 670-800 7-9
each country it will be different but the layout will be the KPI-10021 870-1000 10-11
same. KPI-2521 165-250 1-2
KPI-5021 350-500 3-4
40
Kind of room Air ventilation / hour (N) KPI-8021 670-800 6-7
Cathedral 0 KPI-10021 870-1000 7-8
Modern Church KPI-2521 165-250 1-2
1-2
(Low Ceiling) KPI-5021 350-500 2-3
Schools 2-3 50
KPI-8021 670-800 4-5
Offices 3-4 KPI-10021 870-1000 6-7
Pubs 4-6
Hospitals 5-6
Restaurants 5-6 Method 2
Laboratory 6-8 This system is based on inhabitants
Discotheques 10-12
Kitchens 10-15 20 x LxA
Laundries 20-30 Air Flow (m/h) F=
B
20: Constant
The air flow is calculated with this formula:
LxA: Room Area
Air Flow F ( m3/h ) = V x N B: Area ocuppied by each person (m).
V: Room Volume (m) This area area is limited to 10.
N: Number of air ventilations
Example:
Example:
Bank Room 60 m and 10 people
A bank office of 60 m and a medium height of 3 m, needs 4
ventilations per hour. Then the airflow is:
20 x 60
F= = 200 m/h
60/10
F= 180 x 4 = 720 m/h
The correct KPI for this installation is KPI-8021. It has an The correct KPI for this instalation is: KPI 2521
airflow from 670 to 800 m/h.
Heat Exchanger efficiency
In the following process, it will be seen how to obtain the

Total Heat Exchanger Efficiency of the KPI, and the way to
calculate the Supply Air Temperature.
This scheme could be used:
Outdoor Indoor
Ambient Ambient
EA RA
Total Heat
OA Exchanger SA
OA: Outdoor Fresh Air

EA: Exhaust Air
SA: Supply Air
RA: Return Air
Air Flow Volume of Supply and Exhaust is the same.
Now, it will be explained the equations that allow to know

the necessary parameters to calculate the work conditions
of the KPI. First of all, and Energy Balance has to be made.
Temperature Exchange Efficiency (Sensible Exchange

Efficiency)
t (OA) t ( SA)
t = 100 (%)
t (OA) t ( RA)
Humidity Exchange Efficiency (Latent Exchange
Efficiency)
x(OA) x( SA)
x = 100 (%)
x(OA) x( RA)
Total Heat Exchange Efficiency (Enthalpy Exchanger
Efficiency)
i (OA) i ( SA)
i = 100 (%)
i (OA) i ( RA)
The Temperature t is given in C and DB.
The Humidity in kg/kg
The Enthalpy i in kJ/kg
By using the Temperature Exchange Efficiency, the

temperature of the Supply Air could be deduced according
to the following formula:
t ( SA) = t (OA) t (t (OA) t ( RA))

The t could be obtained from the graphic in 4.8.2.
Looking for the desired air flow, we get the Temperature
Exchange Efficiency.
4.1.5. SELECTION GUIDE FOR ECONOFRESH
The Econofresh Kit is an accessory that only works together Air Flow Calculation (RPI 5HP+ Econofresh kit)
with RPI 5HP. It achieves easy installation and allows the Fan performance curves (RPI-5HP)
installers and designers forget the additionally installations PA = Po + PD+ PECO
for the ventilation.
Static Pressure mm Aq
In the installations is necessary renovate the air for reducing PB = PR + PD+ PECO
CO2 rate in a room, eliminate unpleasant smells, smoke,
and other kinds of pollution, but this "fresh air" brings about
to increase the supply energy. The Econofresh kit achieves
to reduce the supply energy. Using this system it is possible
to intake the fresh air using the indoor unit fan when the
indoor is in thermo-off. Depending of the Outlet
Econofresh Kit
Temperature and Inlet Temperature the Econofresh kit Presure Loss PECO
works as an intelligent system, allowing in each moment the
control of the air pass modifying the position of the Damper.
Econofresh working range
The Econofresh kit allows working with the CO2 and
Air Flow m/min
Enthalpic Sensors achieving to Control the quality of the air
inside the room.
In the next procedure is going to explain a method to A: Supply Air Flow when Fresh Outdoor Air damper is fully
calculate the Econofresh Kit and the advantages that opened (Return Air Damper is fully closed)
produce using in free cooling system.
B: Supply Air Flow when Fresh Outdoor Air damper is fully
closed (Return Air Damper is fully opened)
First it is a pressure loss of ducts for this installation. This is
completely different for each installation. PD:3 mmAq; PR:6 mmAq; P0:13 mmAq; Pecono:3 mmAq
The result of this calculation the Air Flow Rate for (B) is
PO: Pressure Loss of Fresh Outdoor Air Duct. 35 m/min and for (A) is 25 m/min.
PR: Pressure Loss in Return Air Duct. Now it goes to calculate the energy saving for 25 m/min.
PD: Pressure Loss in Air Discharge Duct.
PECO: Pressure Loss for Econofresh kit
PA = Po + PD+ PECO Free Cooling mode
PB = PR+ PD+ PECO
Determinate the Maximum Heat Capacity (Free Cooling)
For more information See the chart "Pressure Loss data".
Calculate the capacity by entering the maximum outdoor air
These Pressure Loss Charts must be put in the same chart flow (Vomax), the room temperature (TR) and the Outdoor
of RPI. High Static Pressure fan performance curve Unit temperature (To) into the following formula.
achieving the Air flow Rate For 0% (B) air fresh and 100%
(A) air fresh (Free Cooling System). QSHmax = Vomax x (1-)x(TR- To) x 0,02
= 0,2 By pass factor for RPI 5.0 HP
For More information See the chart "Air Flow Calculation" Vomax = 25 m /min
TR = 25C
To = 15C
Pressure Loss Data QSHmax = 4.00 kW
This is the maximum capacity that the Econofresh kit in

these conditions allows to reduce the power input supply
each hour.
Static Pressure mm Aq
All Fresh mode

New EconoFresh Kit could also work with All-Fresh mode.
To configure this Mode, the additional function E1 should be
used.
The All-Fresh mode allows Econo-Fresh to work supplying

only Outdoor Fresh Air. This is possible because the
damper is completely open during this operation mode,
while the Indoor Unit is working.
Air Flow m/min
In case of using All-Fresh mode every time, air flow rate will
decrease. So, its necessary to calculate the Cooling
PO: Pressure Loss of Fresh Outdoor Air Duct.
Capacity by using the minimum air flow rate (point A).
PR: Pressure Loss in Return Air Duct.
PD: Pressure Loss in Air Discharge Duct. This operation mode is really useful for buildings where
there is a high density of inhabitants, such as public
buildings.
4.2. COMBINABILITY
The new UTOPIA G8 series, allows increase the flexibility of
installation. It allows the connection between the different
types and horse power Indoor Units with the same Outdoor
Units.
The differents possible combinations are indicated in the
table below
G8- Indoor Units possible Combinations
Model Combi- RCI-1.5 RCI-2.0 RCI-2.5 RCI-3.0 RCI-3.5 RCI-4.0 RCI-5.0 RCI-6.0 RPI-8(*) RPI-10(*).
Horse power nations RCD-1.5 RCD-2.0 RCD-2.5 RCD-3.0 RPC-3.5 RCD-4.0 RCD-5.0 RPC-6.0
RPI-1.5 RPC-2.0 RPC-2.5 RPC-3.0 RPI-3.5 RPC-4.0 RPC-5.0 RPI-6.0
RPK-1.5 RPI-2.0 RPI-2.5 RPI-3.0 RPK-3.5 RPI-4.0 RPI-5.0
RPF-1.5 RPK-2.0 RPK-2.5 RPK-3.0
RPFI-1.5 RPF-2.0 RPF-2.5
RPFI-2.0 RPFI-2.5
RAS-2(H/A)G(V)8E Single - 1 - - - - - - - -
RAS-2.5(H/A)G(V)8E Single - - 1 - - - - - - -
Single - - - 1 - - - - - -
RAS-3(H/A)G(V)8E
Twin 2 - - - - - - - - -
Single - - - - 1 - - - - -
RAS-3..5(H/A)G(V)8E
Twin 1 1 - - - - - - - -
Single - - - - - 1 - - - -
RAS-4(H/A)G(V)8E
Twin - 2 - - - - - - - -
Single - - - - - - 1 - - -
- - 2 - - - - - - -
RAS(C)-5(H/A)G(V)8E Twin
- 1 - 1 - - - - - -
Triple 2 1 - - - - - - - -
Single - - - - - - - 1 - -
- - - 2 - - - - - -
Twin
RAS-6(H/A)G(V)8E - - 1 - 1 - - - - -
Triple - 3 - - - - - - - -
Quad 4 - - - - - - - - -
Single - - - - - - - - 1 -
RAS-8(H/A)G(V)8E Twin - - - - - 2 - - - -
Quad - 4 - - - - - - - -
Single - - - - - - - - - 1
- - - - - - 2 - - -
Twin
RAS-10(H/A)G(V)8E - - - - - 1 - 1 - -
Triple - - - 2 - 1 - - - -
Quad - - 4 - - - - - - -
(*) These units are HG7E Series
NOTE:
RPF(I):can not be connected with another unit in twin, triple or quad combination
4.3. STANDARD COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY TABLES
Cooling Only combinations
Input
Cooling
Power Cooling Input Power Heat Output Heating
Outdoor Unit Type Indoor Unit Output EER COP
[kW] Performance [kW] (Heat) [kW] Performance
[kW]
(Cooling)
RCI-2.0FSN1E 1,91 5,00 2,62 D - - - -
RPC-2.0FSNE 2,00 5,00 2,50 E - - - -
RPI-2.0FSNE 2,04 5,00 2,45 E - - - -
RAS-2AGV8E Cooling Only
RPF(I)-2.0FSNE 1,95 5,00 2,56 E - - - -
RPK-2.0FSNM 1,89 5,00 2,65 D - - - -
RCD-2.0FSN 1,95 5,00 2,56 E - - - -
RCI-2.5FSN1E 2,51 6,30 2,51 E - - - -
RPC-2.5FSNE 2,59 6,30 2,43 E - - - -
RPI-2.5FSNE 2,61 6,30 2,42 E - - - -
RAS-2.5AGV8E Cooling Only
RPF(I)-2.5FSNE 2,54 6,30 2,48 E - - - -
RPK-2.5FSNM 2,54 6,30 2,48 E - - - -
RCD-2.5FSN 2,54 6,30 2,48 E - - - -
RCI-2.5FSN1E 2,51 6,30 2,51 E - - - -
RPC-2.5FSNE 2,59 6,30 2,43 E - - - -
RPI-2.5FSNE 2,61 6,30 2,42 E - - - -
RAS-2.5AG8E Cooling Only
RPF(I)-2.5FSNE 2,54 6,30 2,48 E - - - -
RPK-2.5FSNM 2,54 6,30 2,48 E - - - -
RCD-2.5FSN 2,54 6,30 2,48 E - - - -
RCI-3.0FSN1E 2,86 7,10 2,48 E - - - -
RPC-3.0FSNE 2,94 7,10 2,41 E - - - -
RAS-3AGV8E Cooling Only RPI-3.0FSNE 2,93 7,10 2,42 E - - - -
RPK-3.0FSNM 2,86 7,10 2,48 E - - - -
RCD-3.0FSN 2,88 7,10 2,47 E - - - -
RCI-3.0FSN1E 2,86 7,10 2,48 E - - - -
RPC-3.0FSNE 2,94 7,10 2,41 E - - - -
RAS-3AG8E Cooling Only RPI-3.0FSNE 2,93 7,10 2,42 E - - - -
RPK-3.0FSNM 2,86 7,10 2,48 E - - - -
RCD-3.0FSN 2,88 7,10 2,47 E - - - -
RCI-3.5FSN1E 3,07 8,00 2,61 D - - - -
RPC-3.5FSNE 3,15 8,00 2,54 E - - - -
RAS-3.5AGV8E Cooling Only
RPI-3.5FSNE 3,14 8,00 2,54 E - - - -
RPK-3.5FSNM 3,07 8,00 2,61 D - - - -
RCI-3.5FSN1E 3,07 8,00 2,61 D - - - -
RPC-3.5FSNE 3,15 8,00 2,54 E - - - -
RAS-3.5AG8E Cooling Only
RPI-3.5FSNE 3,14 8,00 2,54 E - - - -
RPK-3.5FSNM 3,07 8,00 2,61 D - - - -
RCI-4.0FSN1E 3,90 10,00 2,56 E - - - -
RPC-4.0FSNE 3,97 10,00 2,52 E - - - -
RAS-4AGV8E Cooling Only
RPI-4.0FSNE 3,92 10,00 2,55 E - - - -
RCD-4.0FSN 3,91 10,00 2,56 E - - - -
RCI-4.0FSN1E 3,90 10,00 2,56 E - - - -
RPC-4.0FSNE 3,97 10,00 2,52 E - - - -
RAS-4AG8E Cooling Only
RPI-4.0FSNE 3,92 10,00 2,55 E - - - -
RCD-4.0FSN 3,91 10,00 2,56 E - - - -
RCI-5.0FSN1E 5,05 12,50 2,48 - - - -
RPC-5.0FSNE 5,14 12,50 2,43 - - - -
RAS-5AG8E Cooling Only
RPI-5.0FSNE 5,14 12,50 2,43 - - - -
RCD-5.0FSN 5,09 12,50 2,46 - - - -
RCI-6.0FSN1E 5,96 14,00 2,35 - - - -
RAS-6AG8E Cooling Only RPC-6.0FSNE 6,01 14,00 2,33 - - - -
RPI-6.0FSNE 6,00 14,00 2,33 - - - -
RPI-8.0HG7E 9,01 20,00 2,22 - - - -
RCI-4.0FSN1Ex2 8,90 20,00 2,25 - - - -
RAS-8AG8E Cooling Only RPC-4.0FSNEx2 9,04 20,00 2,21 - - - -
RCD-4.0FSNx2 9,01 20,00 2,22
RPI-4.0FSNEx2 9,07 20,00 2,21 - - - -
RPI-10HG7E 11,15 25,00 2,24 - - - -
RCI-5.0FSN1Ex2 11,01 25,00 2,27 - - - -
RAS-10AG8E Cooling Only RPC-5.0FSNEx2 11,19 25,00 2,23 - - - -
RCD-5.0FSNx2 11,09 25,00 2,25
RPI-5.0FSNEx2 11,34 25,00 2,21 - - - -
NOTE:
See note on next page
Heat Pump combinations
Input Power Cooling Heat

Cooling Input Power [kW] Heating
Outdoor Unit Type Indoor Unit [kW] Output EER Output COP
(Cooling) Performance (Heat) Performance
[kW] [kW]
RCI-2.0FSN1E 1,91 5,00 2,62 D 2,01 5,60 2,79 E
RPC-2.0FSNE 2,00 5,00 2,50 E 2,10 5,60 2,67 E
Cooling+ RPI-2.0FSNE 2,04 5,00 2,45 E 2,14 5,60 2,61 E
RAS-2HGV8E
Heating RPF(I)-2.0FSNE 1,95 5,00 2,56 E 2,05 5,60 2,73 E
RPK-2.0FSNM 1,89 5,00 2,65 D 1,99 5,60 2,81 D
RCD-2.0FSN 1,95 5,00 2,56 E 2,04 5,60 2,75 E
RCI-2.5FSN1E 2,51 6,30 2,51 E 2,46 7,00 2,85 D
RPC-2.5FSNE 2,59 6,30 2,43 E 2,56 7,00 2,73 E
RAS-2.5HGV8E
Heating RPF(I)-2.5FSNE 2,54 6,30 2,48 E 2,49 7,00 2,81 D
RPK-2.5FSNM 2,54 6,30 2,48 E 2,49 7,00 2,81 D
RCD-2.5FSN 2,54 6,30 2,48 E 2,51 7,00 2,79 E
RCI-2.5FSN1E 2,51 6,30 2,51 E 2,46 7,00 2,85 D
RPC-2.5FSNE 2,59 6,30 2,43 E 2,56 7,00 2,73 E
RAS-2.5HG8E
Heating RPF(I)-2.5FSNE 2,54 6,30 2,48 E 2,49 7,00 2,81 D
RPK-2.5FSNM 2,54 6,30 2,48 E 2,49 7,00 2,81 D
RCD-2.5FSN 2,54 6,30 2,48 E 2,51 7,00 2,79 E
RCI-3.0FSN1E 2,86 7,10 2,48 E 2,89 8,00 2,77 E
Cooling+ RPC-3.0FSNE 2,94 7,10 2,41 E 2,97 8,00 2,69 E
RAS-3HGV8E RPI-3.0FSNE 2,93 7,10 2,42 E 2,96 8,00 2,70 E
Heating
RPK-3.0FSNM 2,86 7,10 2,48 E 2,89 8,00 2,77 E
RCD-3.0FSN 2,88 7,10 2,47 E 2,93 8,00 2,73 E
RCI-3.0FSN1E 2,86 7,10 2,48 E 2,89 8,00 2,77 E
RAS-3HG8E RPI-3.0FSNE 2,93 7,10 2,42 E 2,96 8,00 2,70 E
Heating
RPK-3.0FSNM 2,86 7,10 2,48 E 2,89 8,00 2,77 E
RCD-3.0FSN 2,88 7,10 2,47 E 2,93 8,00 2,73 E
RCI-3.5FSN1E 3,07 8,00 2,61 D 3,20 9,00 2,81 D
RAS-3.5HGV8E
Heating RPI-3.5FSNE 3,14 8,00 2,54 E 3,27 9,00 2,75 E
RPK-3.5FSNM 3,07 8,00 2,61 D 3,20 9,00 2,81 D
RCI-3.5FSN1E 3,07 8,00 2,61 D 3,20 9,00 2,81 D
RAS-3.5HG8E
Heating RPI-3.5FSNE 3,14 8,00 2,54 E 3,27 9,00 2,75 E
RPK-3.5FSNM 3,07 8,00 2,61 D 3,20 9,00 2,81 D
RCI-4.0FSN1E 3,90 10,00 2,56 E 3,96 11,20 2,83 D
RAS-4HGV8E
Heating RPI-4.0FSNE 3,92 10,00 2,55 E 3,98 11,20 2,81 D
RCD-4.0FSN 3,91 10,00 2,56 E 3,99 11,20 2,81 D
RCI-4.0FSN1E 3,90 10,00 2,56 E 3,96 11,20 2,83 D
RAS-4HG8E
Heating RPI-4.0FSNE 3,92 10,00 2,55 E 3,98 11,20 2,81 D
RCD-4.0FSN 3,91 10,00 2,56 E 3,99 11,20 2,81 D
RCI-5.0FSN1E 5,05 12,50 2,48 5,11 14,00 2,74
Cooling+ RPC-5.0FSNE 5,14 12,50 2,43 5,20 14,00 2,69
RAS-5HG8E
Heating RPI-5.0FSNE 5,14 12,50 2,43 5,20 14,00 2,69
RCD-5.0FSN 5,09 12,50 2,46 5,17 14,00 2,71
RCI-5.0FSN1E 5,57 12,50 2,24 5,20 14,00 2,69
Cooling+ RPC-5.0FSNE 5,66 12,50 2,21 5,29 14,00 2,65
RASC-5HG8E
Heating RPI-5.0FSNE 5,61 12,50 2,23 5,26 14,00 2,66
RCD-5.0FSN 5,66 12,50 2,21 5,29 14,00 2,65
Cooling+ RCI-6.0FSN1E 5,96 14,00 2,35 5,98 16,00 2,68
RAS-6HG8E RPC-6.0FSNE 6,01 14,00 2,33 6,03 16,00 2,65
Heating
RPI-6.0FSNE 6,00 14,00 2,33 6,02 16,00 2,66
RPI-8HG7E 9,01 20,00 2,22 8,53 22,40 2,63
Cooling+ RCI-4.0FSN1Ex2 8,90 20,00 2,25 8,42 22,40 2,66
RAS-8HG8E RPC-4.0FSNEx2 9,04 20,00 2,21 8,56 22,40 2,62
Heating
RCD-4.0FSNEx2 9,01 20,00 2,22 8,44 22,40 2,65
RPI-4.0FSNEx2 9,07 20,00 2,21 8,59 22,40 2,61
RPI-10HG7E 11,15 25,00 2,24 10,57 28,00 2,65
Cooling+ RCI-5.0FSN1Ex2 11,01 25,00 2,27 10,53 28,00 2,66
RAS-10HG8E RPC-5.0FSNEx2 11,19 25,00 2,23 10,71 28,00 2,61
Heating
RCD-4.0FSNx2 11,09 25,00 2,25 10,65 28,00 2,63
RPI-5.0FSNEx2 11,34 25,00 2,21 10,86 28,00 2,58
NOTE:Defrost factor is included

Performance Multi-split conditioner
Class Cooling Heating
The nominal cooling and heating capacity is the combined capacity A 3.20 < EER 3.60 < COP
of the HITACHI standard split system, and are based on the
ISO13253 for RPI Type and ISO 5151 for the rest of the models.
B 3.20 EER > 3.00 3.60 COP > 3.40
C 3.00 EER > 2.80 3.40 COP > 3.20
Operation Conditions Cooling Heating D 2.80 EER > 2.60 3.20 COP > 2.80
27.0 C DB 20.0 C DB
Indoor Air Inlet Temperature
19.0 C WB
E 2.60 EER > 2.40 2.80 COP > 2.60
35.0 C DB 7.0 C DB F 2.40 EER > 2.20 2.60 COP > 2.40
Outdoor Air Inlet Temperature
6.0 C WB G 2.20 EER 2.40 COP
Piping Length: 7.5 meters
For more information about capacities, see Chapter 4.4.
4.4. COOLING CAPACITY TABLE
Outdoor Indoor air Inlet Wet Bulb (C) / Dry Bulb temperature (C)
CR Air Inlet 16/23 18/25 20/27 22/30
DB (C)
Capacity IPTo/u Capacity IPTo/u Capacity IPTo/u Capacity IPTo/u
10 5,11 1,37 5,45 1,40 5,73 1,44 5,93 1,48
15 4,96 1,45 5,29 1,48 5,57 1,52 5,77 1,56
21 4,76 1,53 5,10 1,57 5,39 1,60 5,58 1,64
RAS-2HG(V)8E 0,24 25 4,71 1,62 5,00 1,65 5,29 1,69 5,49 1,74
30 4,56 1,69 4,85 1,74 5,10 1,77 5,34 1,81
35 4,42 1,77 4,71 1,81 5,00 1,86 5,19 1,88
40 4,17 1,88 4,47 1,93 4,76 1,95 4,95 2,00
10 6,43 1,79 6,86 1,83 7,22 1,89 7,47 1,94
15 6,25 1,90 6,67 1,94 7,02 2,00 7,27 2,05
21 5,99 2,01 6,42 2,06 6,79 2,11 7,03 2,15
RAS-2.5HG(V)8E 0,29 25 5,93 2,13 6,30 2,17 6,67 2,22 6,91 2,29
30 5,75 2,22 6,12 2,29 6,42 2,34 6,73 2,38
35 5,57 2,34 5,93 2,38 6,30 2,45 6,54 2,47
40 5,26 2,47 5,63 2,54 5,99 2,56 6,24 2,63
10 7,25 2,03 7,73 2,08 8,13 2,14 8,42 2,20
15 7,04 2,16 7,51 2,20 7,91 2,26 8,19 2,32
21 6,76 2,28 7,24 2,33 7,65 2,38 7,93 2,43
RAS-3HG(V)8E 0,37 25 6,69 2,41 7,10 2,46 7,51 2,51 7,79 2,59
30 6,48 2,51 6,89 2,59 7,24 2,64 7,58 2,69
35 2,45 2,64 2,46 2,69 7,10 2,77 0,00 2,80
40 5,93 2,80 6,34 2,87 6,76 2,90 7,03 2,98
10 8,17 2,21 8,71 2,26 9,16 2,32 9,49 2,39
15 7,94 2,34 8,46 2,39 8,91 2,45 9,23 2,51
21 7,61 2,47 8,16 2,52 8,62 2,58 8,93 2,63
RAS-3.5HG(V)8E 0,39 25 7,53 2,60 8,00 2,66 8,47 2,71 8,78 2,79
30 7,30 2,71 7,77 2,79 8,16 2,85 8,54 2,90
35 7,07 2,85 7,53 2,90 8,00 2,98 8,31 3,01
40 6,68 3,01 7,15 3,09 7,61 3,11 7,92 3,19
10 10,21 2,80 10,89 2,86 11,46 2,94 11,86 3,02
15 9,92 2,96 10,58 3,02 11,14 3,10 11,54 3,18
21 9,51 3,13 10,19 3,20 10,78 3,27 11,17 3,34
RAS-4HG(V)8E 0,44 25 9,42 3,30 10,00 3,37 10,58 3,44 10,97 3,55
30 9,13 3,44 9,71 3,55 10,19 3,62 10,68 3,69
35 8,83 3,62 9,42 3,69 10,00 3,79 10,39 3,82
40 8,35 3,82 8,93 3,93 9,51 3,96 9,90 4,07
10 12,77 3,62 13,62 3,69 14,32 3,80 14,83 3,91
15 12,40 3,83 13,23 3,91 13,93 4,02 14,43 4,12
21 11,89 4,05 12,74 4,14 13,47 4,23 13,96 4,32
RAS-5HG8E 0,61 25 11,77 4,28 12,50 4,37 13,23 4,46 13,71 4,59
30 11,41 4,46 12,14 4,59 12,74 4,68 13,35 4,77
35 11,04 4,68 11,77 4,77 12,50 4,91 12,99 4,96
40 10,44 4,96 11,17 5,09 11,89 5,14 12,38 5,27
10 12,77 4,08 13,62 4,16 14,32 4,27 14,83 4,39
15 12,40 4,31 13,23 4,39 13,93 4,50 14,43 4,61
21 11,89 4,53 12,74 4,63 13,47 4,72 13,96 4,82
RASC-5HG8E 0,61 25 11,77 4,77 12,50 4,86 13,23 4,96 13,71 5,10
30 11,41 4,96 12,14 5,10 12,74 5,19 13,35 5,29
35 11,04 5,19 11,77 5,29 12,50 5,43 12,99 5,48
40 10,44 5,48 11,17 5,62 11,89 5,67 12,38 5,81
10 14,30 4,24 15,25 4,34 16,04 4,46 16,61 4,59
15 13,89 4,50 14,81 4,59 15,60 4,72 16,16 4,84
21 13,32 4,76 14,27 4,87 15,09 4,97 15,63 5,08
RAS-6HG8E 0,66 25 13,18 5,03 14,00 5,13 14,82 5,24 15,36 5,40
30 12,78 5,24 13,59 5,40 14,27 5,51 14,95 5,62
35 12,37 5,51 13,18 5,62 14,00 5,78 14,54 5,83
40 11,69 5,83 12,50 6,00 13,32 6,05 13,86 6,21
10 20,43 6,49 21,79 6,63 22,91 6,81 23,73 7,01
15 19,84 6,87 21,16 7,01 22,28 7,20 23,08 7,39
21 19,03 7,26 20,39 7,42 21,55 7,58 22,33 7,74
RAS-8HG8E 0,45 25 18,83 7,66 20,00 7,82 21,17 7,99 21,94 8,23
30 18,25 7,99 19,42 8,23 20,39 8,39 21,36 8,55
35 17,67 8,39 18,83 8,55 20,00 8,79 20,78 8,87
40 16,70 8,87 17,86 9,11 19,03 9,19 19,81 9,43
10 25,53 7,88 27,23 8,05 28,64 8,28 29,66 8,53
15 24,80 8,36 26,45 8,53 27,85 8,76 28,85 9,00
21 23,79 8,84 25,49 9,04 26,94 9,24 27,91 9,44
RAS-10HG8E 0,61 25 23,54 9,34 25,00 9,53 26,46 9,73 27,43 10,03
30 22,82 9,73 24,27 10,03 25,49 10,23 26,70 10,43
35 22,09 10,23 23,54 10,43 25,00 10,73 25,97 10,83
40 20,87 10,83 22,33 11,13 23,79 11,23 24,76 11,53
CR: Correction ratio
IPTO/U:Input power of outdoor unit (indoor unit input power can be read on chapter 6)
4.5. HEATING CAPACITY TABLE
Outdoor Air Indoor air Inlet Bulb (C)

Inlet DB
16 18 20 22 24 26
(C)
CAP IPT o/u CAP IPT o/u CAP IPT o/u CAP IPT o/u CAP IPT o/u CAP IPT o/u
-7 3,81 1,69 3,75 1,73 3,70 1,76 3,65 1,78 3,65 1,83 3,60 1,85
-5 4,46 1,73 4,40 1,75 4,40 1,77 4,34 1,82 4,29 1,87 4,23 1,89
0 5,09 1,77 5,03 1,81 4,97 1,82 4,91 1,88 4,86 1,89 4,80 1,93
RAS-2HG(V)8E
5 5,66 1,89 5,60 1,91 5,60 1,96 5,54 1,98 5,49 2,01 5,43 2,04
10 6,29 1,99 6,23 2,04 6,17 2,06 6,11 2,10 6,06 2,13 6,00 2,15
15 6,86 2,11 6,86 2,13 6,80 2,16 6,74 2,18 6,69 2,25 6,63 2,27
-7 4,76 2,07 4,69 2,11 4,63 2,16 4,56 2,18 4,56 2,25 4,50 2,27
-5 5,57 2,12 5,50 2,14 5,50 2,16 5,43 2,23 5,36 2,29 5,29 2,32
0 6,36 2,17 6,29 2,21 6,21 2,23 6,14 2,30 6,07 2,32 6,00 2,36
RAS-2.5HG(V)8E
5 7,07 2,32 7,00 2,34 7,00 2,40 6,93 2,42 6,86 2,46 6,79 2,50
10 7,86 2,44 7,79 2,50 7,71 2,53 7,64 2,57 7,57 2,61 7,50 2,63
15 8,57 2,59 8,57 2,61 8,50 2,65 8,43 2,67 8,36 2,76 8,29 2,78
-7 5,44 2,41 5,36 2,46 5,29 2,52 5,22 2,54 5,22 2,62 5,14 2,65
-5 6,37 2,47 6,29 2,50 6,29 2,53 6,20 2,60 6,12 2,68 6,04 2,70
0 7,27 2,53 7,18 2,58 7,10 2,61 7,02 2,68 6,94 2,70 6,86 2,75
RAS-3HG(V)8E
5 8,08 2,70 8,00 2,73 8,00 2,80 7,92 2,82 7,84 2,87 7,76 2,92
10 8,98 2,85 8,90 2,92 8,82 2,95 8,73 2,99 8,65 3,04 8,57 3,07
15 9,80 3,02 9,80 3,04 9,71 3,09 9,63 3,12 9,55 3,21 9,47 3,24
-7 6,12 2,69 6,03 2,75 5,95 2,81 5,87 2,83 5,87 2,92 5,79 2,94
-5 7,16 2,76 7,07 2,79 7,07 2,81 6,98 2,90 6,89 2,98 6,80 3,01
0 8,17 2,82 8,08 2,87 7,99 2,90 7,90 2,98 7,81 3,01 7,71 3,06
RAS-3.5HG(V)8E
5 9,09 3,01 9,00 3,03 9,00 3,11 8,91 3,14 8,82 3,19 8,72 3,24
10 10,10 3,16 10,01 3,24 9,92 3,27 9,83 3,32 9,73 3,37 9,64 3,40
15 11,02 3,35 11,02 3,37 10,93 3,42 10,84 3,45 10,74 3,56 10,65 3,58
-7 7,61 3,33 7,51 3,40 7,41 3,47 7,30 3,50 7,30 3,61 7,20 3,64
-5 8,91 3,41 8,80 3,44 8,80 3,48 8,69 3,58 8,57 3,68 8,46 3,72
0 10,17 3,49 10,06 3,55 9,94 3,59 9,83 3,68 9,71 3,72 9,60 3,78
RAS-4HG(V)8E
5 11,31 3,72 11,20 3,75 11,20 3,85 11,09 3,88 10,97 3,95 10,86 4,02
10 12,57 3,92 12,46 4,02 12,34 4,05 12,23 4,11 12,11 4,18 12,00 4,21
15 13,71 4,15 13,71 4,18 13,60 4,25 13,49 4,28 13,37 4,41 13,26 4,44
-7 9,51 4,29 9,39 4,38 9,26 4,47 9,13 4,52 9,13 4,65 9,00 4,70
-5 11,14 4,40 11,00 4,44 11,00 4,49 10,86 4,62 10,71 4,76 10,57 4,80
0 12,71 4,50 12,57 4,59 12,43 4,63 12,29 4,76 12,14 4,80 12,00 4,88
RAS-5HG8E
5 14,14 4,80 14,00 4,84 14,00 4,97 13,86 5,01 13,71 5,10 13,57 5,18
10 15,71 5,06 15,57 5,18 15,43 5,23 15,29 5,31 15,14 5,40 15,00 5,44
15 17,14 5,35 17,14 5,40 17,00 5,48 16,86 5,53 16,71 5,70 16,57 5,74
-7 9,51 4,37 9,39 4,46 9,26 4,55 9,13 4,60 9,13 4,74 9,00 4,78
-5 11,14 4,48 11,00 4,52 11,00 4,57 10,86 4,71 10,71 4,84 10,57 4,89
0 12,71 4,58 12,57 4,67 12,43 4,71 12,29 4,84 12,14 4,89 12,00 4,97
RASC-5HG8E
5 14,14 4,89 14,00 4,93 14,00 5,06 13,86 5,10 13,71 5,19 13,57 5,28
10 15,71 5,15 15,57 5,28 15,43 5,32 15,29 5,41 15,14 5,49 15,00 5,54
15 17,14 5,45 17,14 5,49 17,00 5,58 16,86 5,63 16,71 5,80 16,57 5,84
-7 10,87 5,00 10,73 5,11 10,58 5,21 10,43 5,27 10,43 5,43 10,29 5,48
-5 12,73 5,13 12,57 5,18 12,57 5,23 12,41 5,39 12,24 5,55 12,08 5,60
0 14,53 5,25 14,37 5,35 14,20 5,40 14,04 5,55 13,88 5,60 13,71 5,70
RAS-6HG8E
5 16,16 5,60 16,00 5,65 16,00 5,80 15,84 5,85 15,67 5,95 15,51 6,05
10 17,96 5,90 17,80 6,05 17,63 6,10 17,47 6,20 17,31 6,30 17,14 6,35
15 19,59 6,25 19,59 6,30 19,43 6,40 19,27 6,46 19,10 6,66 18,94 6,71
-7 15,22 7,11 15,02 7,25 14,81 7,40 14,61 7,47 14,61 7,69 14,40 7,76
-5 17,83 7,28 17,60 7,35 17,60 7,42 17,37 7,64 17,14 7,85 16,91 7,93
0 20,34 7,44 20,11 7,58 19,89 7,65 19,66 7,86 19,43 7,92 19,20 8,06
RAS-8HG8E
5 22,63 7,92 22,40 7,99 22,40 8,20 22,17 8,27 21,94 8,41 21,71 8,54
10 25,14 8,34 24,91 8,54 24,69 8,61 24,46 8,75 24,23 8,89 24,00 8,96
15 27,43 8,82 27,43 8,89 27,20 9,03 26,97 9,10 26,74 9,37 26,51 9,44
-7 19,03 8,86 18,77 9,04 18,51 9,23 18,26 9,32 18,26 9,60 18,00 9,69
-5 22,29 9,08 22,00 9,17 22,00 9,26 21,71 9,54 21,43 9,81 21,14 9,90
0 25,43 9,29 25,14 9,46 24,86 9,55 24,57 9,81 24,29 9,90 24,00 10,07
RAS-10HG8E
5 28,29 9,90 28,00 9,99 28,00 10,25 27,71 10,34 27,43 10,51 27,14 10,69
10 31,43 10,43 31,14 10,69 30,86 10,78 30,57 10,95 30,29 11,13 30,00 11,21
15 34,29 11,04 34,29 11,13 34,00 11,30 33,71 11,39 33,43 11,74 33,14 11,83
IPTO/U:Input power of outdoor unit (indoor unit input power can be read on chapter 6)
NOTE:
Defrost factor is included.
4.6. CORRECTION FACTORS
4.6.1. CORRECTION FACTORS DUE TO PIPING LENGTH
Correction Factor is based on the equivalent piping length in

meters (EL) and the vertical distance between Indoor and
Outdoor Unit in meters (H).
H: Vertical Distance between Indoor Unit and Outdoor

Outdoor Unit in sun roof
Unit in Meter (m).
NOTE:
H>0: Position of Outdoor Unit is higher than
EL (case of
twin, triple or EL Position of Indoor Unit (m).
H quad: the H H<0: Position of Outdoor Unit is lower than Position
longest) of Indoor Unit (m).
Indoor Unit(s) in floor EL: Equivalent Total Distance between Indoor Unit and
Outdoor Unit in Meter (Equivalent one-way Piping
Length L (m)).
EL (case of
twin, triple or EL
-H quad: the
longest)
-H
NOTE:
One 90 elbow is equivalent to 0.5m.
One 180 bend is equivalent to 1.5m.
Outdoor Unit in basement One distributor branch is the equivalent to 0,5 m
For twin, Triple and Quad connection:
L= the longest distance.
For cooling capacity For Heating Capacity
The cooling capacity should be corrected according the The heating capacity should be corrected according to the
following formula: following formula:
TCA= CAP x F THA= CAPx F

TCA: Actual Corrected Cooling Capacity (kW). CAP: Actual Corrected Heating Capacity (kW)
TC: Cooling Capacity in the Cooling Capacity TH: Heating Capacity in the Performance table
Table (kW). (kcal/h)
F: Correction Factor based on the Equivalent F: Correction Factor Based on the equivalent
Piping Length (in %). Piping Length (in %).
4.6.2. SENSIBLE HEAT FACTOR
The sensible heat factor of Indoor Units at each fan speed

(Hi, Me, Lo) based on the JIS Standard B8616, is given
below:
SHF
Indoor Unit Model
Hi Me Lo
RCI-1.5FSN1E 0.77 0.75 0.73
RCI-2.0FSN1E 0.78 0.76 0.75
RCI-2.5FSN1E 0.73 0.71 0.69
RCI-3.0FSN1E 0.79 0.76 0.72
RCI-4.0FSN1E 0.78 0.75 0.72
RCI-5.0FSN1E 0.74 0.70 0.68
RCI-6.0FSN1E 0.73 0.69 0.68
RCD-1.5FSN 0.73 0.69 0.66
RCD-2.0FSN 0.75 0.67 0.65
RCD-2.5FSN 0.74 0.67 0.65
RCD-3.0FSN 0.74 0.67 0.65
RCD-4.0FSN 0.73 0.67 0.65
RCD-5.0FSN 0.69 0.67 0.65
RPC-2.0FSNE 0.72 0.70 0.67
RPC-2.5FSNE 0.72 0.70 0.67
RPC-3.0FSNE 0.72 0.70 0.67
RPC-4.0FSNE 0.72 0.70 0.67
RPC-5.0FSNE 0.72 0.70 0.67
RPC-6.0FSNE 0.72 0.70 0.67
RPK-1.5FSNM 0.73 0.72 0.70
RPK-2.0FSNM 0.72 0.72 0.70
RPK-2.5FSNM 0.72 0.72 0.70
RPK-3.0FSNM 0.71 0.72 0.70
RPK-3.5FSNM 0.71 0.72 0.70
RPI-1.5FSNE 0.73 0.69 0.65
RPI-2.0FSNE 0.76 0.75 0.74
RPI-2.5FSNE 0.76 0.74 0.72
RPI-3.0FSNE 0.75 0.71 0.67
RPI-3.5FSNE 0.75 0.71 0.67
RPI-4.0FSNE 0.73 0.71 0.65
RPI-5-0FSNE 0.72 0.68 0.64
RPI-6.0FSNE 0.72 0.69 0.67
RPI-8HG7E 0.70 0.68 0.63
RPI-10HG7E 0.71 0.68 0.64
RPF-1.5FSNE 0.73 0.69 0.65
RPF-2.0FSNE 0.73 0.69 0.65
RPF-2.5FSNE 0.73 0.69 0.65
RPFI-1.5FSNE 0.73 0.69 0.65
RPFI-2.0FSNE 0.73 0.69 0.65
RPFI-2.5FSNE 0.73 0.69 0.65
4.7. FAN PERFORMANCE
4.7.1. RPI - FAN PERFORMANCE
RPI-1.5 RPI-2.0
External Static Pressure (mm Aq)
Air Flow (m/min) External Static Pressure (mm Aq) Air Flow (m/min)
RPI-2.5 RPI-3.0
Air Flow (m/min) Air Flow (m/min)

RPI-3.5 RPI-4.0

RPI-5.0 RPI-6.0

RPI-8.0 RPI-10.0

4.7.2. KPI - FAN PERFORMANCE
KPI-2521 KPI-5021
Heat Exchange Efficiency (%)

Temperature Temperature
Exchange Efficiency Exchange Efficiency
200 Duct Length

Total Heat Exchange Total Heat Exchange
150 Duct Length

Efficiency (Heating) Efficiency (Heating)

Efficiency (Cooling) Efficiency (Cooling)
Me
Hi
Pressure (mm Aq)

Pressure (mm Aq)
Me
External Static
External Static
Hi
Lo Lo
Air Volume (m/min) Air Volume (m/min)
KPI-8021 KPI-10021
Temperature Temperature
Exchange Efficiency Exchange Efficiency
250 Duct Length

250 Duct Length
Efficiency (Heating) Efficiency (Heating)

Efficiency (Cooling) Efficiency (Cooling)
Me
Me
Hi
Hi
Pressure (mm Aq)
Pressure (mm Aq)
External Static
External Static
Lo
Lo
Air Volume (m/min) Air Volume (m/min)

4.8. TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAMS
4.8.1. RCI 4-WAY CASSETTE TYPE
Horizontal Temperature distribution

Vertical Temperature distribution
(Height: 1.2m)
Unit Model Cooling Heating

Cooling Heating
(Indoor (Indoor
(Indoor Temperature: (Indoor Temperature:
Temperature: Temperature:
27C DB / 19C WB 20C DB)
27C DB / 19C WB) 20C DB)
RCI-1.5HP
Air-Throw-Distance: 2.5m
(When Air Velocity is:
0.3m/s)
RCI-2.0HP
0.3m/s)
RCI-2.5HP
0.3m/s)

(Height: 1.2m)

Cooling Heating
(Indoor (Indoor
27C DB / 19C WB 20C DB)
27C DB / 19C WB) 20C DB)
RCI-3.0HP
0.3m/s)
RCI-3.5HP
0.3m/s)
RCI-4.0HP
0.3m/s)

(Height: 1.2m)

Cooling Heating
(Indoor (Indoor
27C DB / 19C WB 20C DB)
27C DB / 19C WB) 20C DB)
RCI-5.0HP
0.3m/s)
RCI-6.0HP
0.3m/s)
NOTE:
The Air is almost symmetrically discharged.
These figures show the distribution when no
obstruction exists.
4.8.2. RCD 2-WAY CASSETTE TYPE

(Height: 1.2m)

Cooling Heating
(Indoor (Indoor
Temperature: 27C Temperature:
27C DB / 19C WB 20C DB)
DB / 19C WB) 20C DB)
RCD-1.5HP
0.3 m/s)
RCD-2.0HP
0.3 m/s)
RCD-2.5HP
0.3 m/s)
NOTE:
obstruction exists.
RCD 2-way Cassette Type (cont).

(Height: 1.2m)

Cooling Heating
(Indoor (Indoor
27C DB / 19C WB) 20C DB)
27C DB / 19C WB) 20C DB)
RCD-3.0HP
0.3 m/s)
RCD-4.0HP
0.3 m/s)
RCD-5.0HP
0.3 m/s)
NOTE:
obstruction exists.
4.8.3. RPC-CEILING TYPE
Unit Model
Cooling Heating
(Indoor Temperature: 27C DB / 19C WB) (Indoor Temperature: 20C DB)
RPC-2.0/2.5HP
0.5 m/s
RPC-3.0/3.5/4.0HP
0.3 m/s
RPC-5.0/6.0HP
0.3 m/s
NOTE:
The air is almost symmetrically discharged.
obstruction exists.
4.9. SOUND DATA
4.9.1. RCI - 4- WAY CASSETTE TYPE
Model: RCI-1.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz Model: RCI-2.0 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz
Measurement point: 1.5 Meter Beneath the Unit Measurement point: 1.5 Meter Beneath the Unit
Noise Criteria Curve Noise Criteria Curve

Hi/Me/Lo: 32/30/28 dBA Hi/Me/Lo: 32/30/28 dBA
Octave Sound Pressure (dB: Overall C Scale)
Approximate Approximate
threshold of Hearing threshold of Hearing
for Continuous Noise for Continuous Noise
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)


RCI - 4- Way Cassette Type (cont.)

Hi/Me/Lo: 34/32/30 dBA Hi/Me/Lo 38/35/33 dBA

Frequency (Hz)
4.9.2. RCD - 2-WAY CASSETTE TYPE
Model: RCD-1.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz Model: RCD-2.0 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz



RCD - 2-Way Cassette Type (cont.)


Model: RPC-2.0 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz Model: RPC-2.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz
Measurement point: 1Meter Beneath the Unit Measurement point: 1Meter Beneath the Unit
1 Meter from Discharge Grille 1 Meter from Discharge Grille

RPC - Ceiling Type (cont.)

4.9.4. RPI - IN-THE-CEILING TYPE
Model: RPI--1.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz Model: RPI-2.0 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz

(STDSP) Hi/Me/Lo: 39/37/34 dB(A)
(STDSP) Hi/Me/Lo: 38/37/35 dB(A)
Model: RPI-2.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz Model: RPI-3.0 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz

(STDSP) Hi/Me/Lo: 40/38/35 dB(A) (STDSP) Hi/Me/Lo: 40/38/35 dB(A)

RPI - In-the-Ceiling Type (cont.)

(STDSP)Hi/Me/Lo: 40/38/35 dB(A) (STDSP) Hi/Me/Lo: 42/41/37 dB(A)


Model: RPI-8 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz Model: RPI-10 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz


Model: RPK-1.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz Model: RPK-2.0 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz
Measurement point: 1 Meter Beneath the Unit Measurement point: 1 Meter Beneath the Unit
Model: RPK-2.5/3.0 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz Model: RPK-3.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz
Measurement point: 1 Meter Beneath the Unit Measurement point: 1 Meter Beneath the Unit

4.9.6. RPF - FLOOR TYPE
Model: RPF-1.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz Model: RPF-2.0 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz
Measurement point: 1 Meter from the Unit Measurement point: 1 Meter from the Unit
1 Meter from floor level 1 Meter from floor level
Approximate
Approximate threshold of Hearing
threshold of Hearing for Continuous Noise
for Continuous Noise
Model: RPF-2.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz

Measurement point: 1 Meter from the Unit
1 Meter from floor level
Noise Criteria Curve
Hi/Me/Lo: 42/38/34 dBA
Approximate
threshold of Hearing
Frequency (Hz)
4.9.7. RPFI - FLOOR CONCEALED TYPE
Model: RPFI-1.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz Model: RPFI-2.0 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz
Measurement point: 1 Meter from the Unit Measurement point: 1 Meter from the Unit
1 Meter from floor level 1 Meter from floor level
Model: RPFI-2.5 Power supply: 230V 50 Hz

Measurement point: 1 Meter from the Unit
1 Meter from floor level
Noise Criteria Curve
Hi/Me/Lo: 42/38/34 dBA
Approximate
threshold of Hearing
Frequency (Hz)
4.9.8. RAS - OUTDOOR UNITS
Model: RAS-2(A/H)G(V)8E Power supply: (V): 230V 50Hz Model: RAS-2.5(A/H)G(V)8E Power supply: (V): 230V 50Hz
400V 50Hz 400V 50Hz
Measurement point: 1 Meter from the front surface Measurement point: 1 Meter from the front surface
1.5 Meter from floor level 1.5 Meter from floor level
Nominal: 49 dBA Nominal: 51 dBA
Model: RAS-3(A/H)G(V)8E Power supply: (V): 230V 50Hz Model: RAS-3.5(A/H)G(V)8E Power supply: (V): 230V 50Hz
400V 50Hz 400V 50Hz

RAS- OUTDOOR UNITS (cont.)
Model: RAS-4(A/H)G(V)8E Power supply: (V): 230V 50Hz Model: RAS-5(A/H)G8E Power supply: 400V 50Hz
400V 50Hz

Model: RAS-6(A/H)G8E Power supply: 400V 50Hz Model: RAS-8(A/H)G8E Power supply: 400V 50Hz

4.9.9. RASC - OUTDOOR UNIT
Model: RAS-10(A/H)G8E Power supply: 400V 50Hz Model: RASC-5HG8 Power supply: 400V 50Hz
Measurement point: 1 Meter from the front surface Measurement point: 3 Meter from the unit front surface
1.5 Meter from floor level

Nominal: 62 dBA Nominal: 53 dbA

4.10. OPERATION SPACE
4.10.1. RCI 4-WAY CASSETTE TYPE 4.10.2. RCD 2-WAY CASSETTE TYPE
Models: RCI-1.5~6.0 Models: RCD-1.5~5.0
Separated Installation Closed Installation
Clearance 10~20mm Service Access Service Access

Panel Panel
Unit Height in False
Ceiling (see table)
A
Piping
Connection
Unit height
Indoor Unit
A (mm)
RCI-1.5
Piping
RCI-2.0 Connection
RCI-2.5 248
RCI-3.0
RCI-3.5
RCI-4.0
RCI-5.0 298
RCI-6.0
Distance from Wall Side
Service Space
Indoor Unit
Min. 100
Min. 500
Min. 500
Min. 100 Air Panel (Option)
Min. 1000
Distance from Wall Side Unit height in false ceiling
Service Access
Service Access Door
Door Piping
Connection
4.10.3. RPC CEILING TYPE
Models: RPC-2.0~6.0
Single installation
Min.8
Min.
500
Space around Indoor Unit (mm)

Min.400
Double installation
Min.40 Min.300 Min.300

4.10.4. RPI IN-THE-CEILING TYPE 4.10.6. RPF FLOOR TYPE
Model: RPI-1.5 Models: RPF-1.0~2.5
Ceiling
Wall
Wall Wall
Models: RPI-2.0~6.0
4.10.7. RPFI FLOOR CONCEALED TYPE
Models: RPFI-1.0~2.5
Ceiling
Upward Air Outlet

Short
Flexible Wall
Duct
640
Operation and Maintenance Space
(mm) Service Space for
Models A B Piping Space
electrical Box
RPI-1.5 969 1005
RPI-2.0 ~ 3.5 1113 1163 Provide a space so that air can flow smoothly
RPI-4.0 ~ 6.0 1503 1553 Ceiling
Front Air Outlet

Models: RPI-8 / 10
620
Operation
Space Service Space for
Electrical Box Piping Space
- Service Access Panel

Provide a service access door or panel as shown below.
4.10.5. RPK WALL TYPE
Models: RPK-0.8~3.5
Wall
Unit
A
2~5 mm (Inside)
Min. 50
Diam. of
Indoor 65 mm Floor
Unit (Hole for
Piping) B
Service Service
Access Panel Access Panel
Outdoor (Space around Indoor Unit)
Min. 1000
Min. A Unit
100 (mm)
Model A B
RPFI-1.0 1260
Operation and Installation Space (Hole for Piping on the Wall) RPFI-1.5 1380
620
RPFI-2.0
(mm) 1634
RPFI-2.5
Models A
RPK-0.8 ~ 2.0 100
RPK-2.5 ~ 3.5 200
4.10.8. OUTDOOR UNITS
Utopia Centrifugal Type
Top view Side view
Utopia BIG
NOTE:
For more information about operation space see the
Chapter Units Installation.
4.10.9. KPI - HEAT RECOVER
- Add the half of dimension h1 to 300 mm for air intake

space of rear side, when the wall of rear side is higher
than 500mm. Electrical
Service
- Add the half of dimension h2 to 1500 for air intake space Control Box
Space
of front side when the wall front side is higher than
1500 mm Service Panel
Service Access Panel

(450x450-600x600mm
Utopia Big - Center of gravity
200 mm
400 mm
Models A
RAS-8(A/H)G8E 285
RAS-10(A/H)G8E 300
WORKING RANGE 5/1
5 WORKING RANGE
This chapter shows the working range of the new Hitachi UTOPIA G8 Series.
CONTENTS
5 WORKING RANGE________________________________________________________ 1
5.1. Power supply_____________________________________________________________ 2
5.2. Temperature Range _______________________________________________________ 2
5.3. Refrigerant Piping Length ___________________________________________________ 2
5/2 WORKING RANGE
5.1. POWER SUPPLY
90% to 110% of the

Working Voltage
Rated Voltage
Within a 3% Deviation
from Each Voltage at the
Voltage Imbalance
Main Terminal of
Outdoor Unit
Higher than 85% of the
Starting Voltage
Rated Voltage
Following the Council Directive 89/336/EEC and its amendments 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC, relating to electromagnetic
compatibility, next table indicates maximum permissible system impedance Zmax at the interface point of the users supply, in
accordance with EN61000-3-11.
MODEL Zsource ()
RAS-2(A/H)GV8E 0.29
RAS-2.5(A/H)GV8E 0.19
RAS-3(A/H)GV8E 0.14
RAS-3.5(A/H)GV8E 0.14
RAS-4(A/H)GV8E 0.09
RAS-4(A/H)G8E 0.24
RAS-5(A/H)G8E 0.21
RAS-6(A/H)G8E 0.18
RAS-8(A/H)G8E 0.15
RAS-10(A/H)G8E 0.12
5.2. TEMPERATURE RANGE
The temperature range is given in the following table.
Cooling Operation Heating Operation

Minimum 21 C DB/15.5 CWB 15 C DB
Indoor Temperature
Maximum 32 C DB/22.5 C WB 27 C DB
Minimum -5 C DB -8 C WB
Outdoor temperature
Maximum 43 C DB 15.5 C WB
DB: Dry Bulb temperature; WB: Wet Bulb Temperature
5.3. REFRIGERANT PIPING LENGTH
The refrigerant piping length

between the Indoor Unit and the
Outdoor Unit Power
Outdoor Unit must be designed
according to Chapter 10.13.
Outdoor Unit
The graphic indicates the higher than
maximum distances in height (H) Indoor Unit
and length (L) between Indoor and
Outdoor Units according to the
Outdoor Unit Power.
Outdoor Unit
lower than
Indoor Unit
Distance between Indoor and Outdoor Units

ELECTRICAL DATA 6/1
6 ELECTRICAL DATA
This chapter provides you the electrical requirements for each unit of the new Hitachi UTOPIA G8
CONTENTS
6 ELECTRICAL DATA _______________________________________________________ 1

6.1. Indoor Units______________________________________________________________ 2
6.2. Complementary System KPI _______________________________________________ 2
6.3. Outdoor Units ____________________________________________________________ 3
6/2 ELECTRICAL DATA
6.1. INDOOR UNITS
Unit Main Power Applicable Voltage(V) Indoor Fan Motor

Model U PH Hz Max. Min. PH RNC(A) IPT(kW)
RCI-1.5 0.2 0.05
RCI-2.0 0.2 0.05
RCI-2.5 0.3 0.06
RCI-3.0 0.4 0.09
Cassette Type 230 1 50 264 198 1
RCI-3.5 0.4 0.09
RCI-4.0 0.7 0.11
RCI-5.0 0.8 0.14
RCI-6.0 1.0 0.18
RCD-1.5 0.3 0.07
RCD-2.0 0.3 0.08
2-Way RCD-2.5 0.4 0.01
230 1 50 264 198 1
Cassette Type RCD-3.0 0.5 0.12
RCD-4.0 0.6 0.13
RCD-5.0 0.8 0.19
RPC-2.0 0.6 0.14
RPC-2.5 0.6 0.15
RPC-3.0 0.8 0.17
Ceiling Type RPC-3.5 230 1 50 264 198 1 0.8 0.17
RPC-4.0 0.8 0.18
RPC-5.0 1.1 0.23
RPC-6.0 1.1 0.23
RPI-1.5 0.6 0.09
RPI-2.0 0.9 0.26
RPI-2.5 1.1 0.26
RPI-3.0 1.1 0.26
In-the-Ceiling RPI-3.5 1.1 0.26
230 1 50 264 198 1
Type RPI-4.0 1.1 0.26
RPI-5.0 1.6 0.38
RPI-6.0 2.1 0.41
RPI-8GH7E 4.8 1.05
RPI-10GH7E 5.1 1.14
RPK-1.5 0.3 0.03
RPK-2.0 0.3 0.03
Wall Type RPK-2.5 230 1 50 264 198 1 0.7 0.09
RPK-3.0 0.2 0.09
RPK-3.5 0.2 0.09
RPF-1.5 0.4 0.10
Floor Type RPF-2.0 230 1 50 264 198 1 0.4 0.09
RPF-2.5 0.4 0.09
RPFI-1.5 0.4 0.10
Floor
RPFI-2.0 230 1 50 264 198 1 0.4 0.09
Concealed Type
RPFI-2.5 0.4 0.09
6.2. COMPLEMENTARY SYSTEM KPI
Unit Main Power Applicable Voltage(V) Fan Motor

Model U PH HZ Max. Min. PH RNC(A) IPT(kW)
KPI-2521 0.6 0.12
KPI-5021 1.0 0.22
230 1 50 264 198 1
KPI-8021 1.8 0.41
KPI-10021 2.3 0.52
U: Supply Voltage (V)

Hz: Frequency (Hz) NOTE:
RNC: Running Current Fan (A) Specifications in these tables are subject to change
IPT: Input Power Fan (kW) without notice in order that HITACHI may bring the
PH: Phase () latest innovations to their customers.
ELECTRICAL DATA 6/3
6.3. OUTDOOR UNITS
Applicable Outdoor Maximu

Unit Main Power Compressor Motor
Voltage (V) Fan Motor m
Cooling Heating Current
Model Operation Operation (A)
ST RNCF IPTF
U PH HZ Max. Min. PH RNC
C RNCC IPTC IPTC (A) (kW)
C
(A) (kW) (kW)
(A)
RAS-2(A/H)GV8E 264 198 1 48 9.9 2.63 10.4 2.23 0.6 012 16
RAS-2.5(A/H)GV8E 264 198 1 68 12.2 2.61 11.8 2.53 0.7 0.13 18
RAS-3(A/H)GV8E 230 1 50 264 198 1 82 13.8 2.99 14.0 2.99 0.8 0.16 21
RAS-3.5(A/H)GV8E 264 198 1 82 14.3 3.06 15.3 3.27 1.4 0.27 23
RAS-4(A/H)GV8E 264 198 1 117 20.2 4.32 19.0 4.06 1.4 0.28 30
RAS-2.5(A/H)G8E 456 342 3 29 4.2 2.61 4.2 2.53 0.7 0.13 6
RAS-3(A/H)G8E 456 342 3 37 5.0 2.99 5.0 2.99 0.8 0.16 8
RAS-3.5(A/H)G8E 456 342 3 37 5.1 3.06 5.5 3.27 1.4 0.27 8
RAS-4(A/H)G8E 456 342 3 58 7.3 1.32 6.8 4.06 1.4 0.28 11
RAS-5(A/H)G8E 400 3 50 456 342 3 67 8.8 5.23 9.1 5.45 1.6 0.34 14
RASC-5(A/H)G8E 456 342 3 96 8.3 4.87 8.5 5.40 5.7 0.86 15
RAS-6(A/H)G8E 456 342 3 78 10.2 6.10 9.8 5.85 1.6 0.35 15
RAS-8(A/H)G8E 456 342 3 95 14.6 8.72 14.4 8.59 3.3 0.66 22
RAS-10(A/H)G8E 456 342 3 109 18.4 10.95 17.8 10.58 3.3 0.67 28
U: Supply Voltage (V)

Hz: Frequency (Hz) NOTE:
STC: Starting Current (A) This data is based on the same conditions as the
RNCc: Running Current Compressor (A) nominal capacity conditions. Refer to the notes of the
RNCF: Running Current Fan (A) Unit General Data.
IPTc: Input Power Compressor (kW) Specifications in these tables are subject to change
IPTF: Input Power Fan (kW) without notice in order that HITACHI may bring the
PH: Phase () latest innovations to their customers.
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 7/1
7 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

This chapter shows the Electrical Wiring Diagram for each unit of the new Hitachi UTOPIA G8 Series.
CONTENTS
7 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS ___________________________________________ 1

7.1 Electrical Wiring Diagrams for Indoor Units _____________________________________ 3
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Models: RCI-1.5 ~ 6.0 _______________________________________ 3
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Models: RCD-1.5 ~ 3.0 ______________________________________ 4
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Models: RCD-4.0 ~ 5.0 ______________________________________ 5
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Models: RPC-2.0 ~ 6.0 ______________________________________ 6
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Models: RPI-1.5 ___________________________________________ 7
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Models: RPI-2.0 ~ 6.0 _______________________________________ 8
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Models: RPI-8 ~ 10 _________________________________________ 9
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Models: RPK-1.5 ~ 2.0 _____________________________________ 10
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Models: RPK-2.5 ~ 3.5 _____________________________________ 11
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Models: RPF(I) - 1.5 ~ 2.5___________________________________ 12
Electrical Wiring Diagram For Model: KPI_______________________________________________ 13
7.2 Electrical Wiring Diagrams for Outdoor Units ___________________________________ 14
Electrical Wiring Diagram for RAS-(2/2.5/3)(A/H)GV8E ____________________________________ 14
Electrical Wiring Diagram for RAS-3.5(A/H)GV8E ________________________________________ 15
Electrical Wiring Diagram for RAS-4(A/H)GV8E__________________________________________ 16
Electrical Wiring Diagram for RAS-(2.5/3)(A/H)G8E_______________________________________ 17
Electrical Wiring Diagram for RAS-(3.5 ~ 6)(A/H)G8E _____________________________________ 18
Electrical Wiring Diagram for RAS-(8/10)(A/H)G8E _______________________________________ 19
Electrical Wiring Diagram for RASC-5HG8E ____________________________________________ 20
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODELS: RCI-1.5 ~ 6.0
Noise
Filter
Air Panel
Supply
Circuit
Main
Switch
For 240 V * Field

connection
For 220 V
Inlet Outlet Liquid Gas
Alarm
Operation Line
DC 5V
Remote Contro
Switch (PC-P1HE)
* Field Connection Mark Name Remarks

CA Capacitor
CN Connector
DSW 3 Unit Capacity Code On PCB1
DSW5 Refrigerant Cycle No. On PCB1
DSW7 Fuse recover/ Remote Contro On PCB1
EFR1, EFS1, Fuse On PCB2
EF1, Fuse On PCB1
FS Float Switch
MD Motor for Drain Discharge
MIF Motor for Indoor Fan
MS Motor for Automatic Swing Louver
Electrical Control Box of Indoor Unit MV Micro-Computer Control Expansion
LED1~4 Alarm code On PCB1,2
NF Noise Filter
PCB1,2,3 Printed Circuit Board
Printed Circuit Board Service Connector PCN 1~203 Connector on PCB On PCB
for Drain Discharge Mechanism RSW Indoor Unit No. Settings On PCB1
TB1,2 Terminal Board
TF Transformer
THM1 Inlet Air Thermistor
THM2 Outlet Air Thermistor
THM3 Liquid Pipe Thermistor
THM5 Gas Pipe Thermistor
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
YH2 Relay On PCB1

Terminals
X Close-end Connector
Optional Parts
Field Wiring
7/3
Earth Wiring
Factory Wiring
Field Connection
*
NOTE: All the field wiring equipment must comply with local codes
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODELS: RCD-1.5 ~ 3.0
Connector for 220V

7/4
Connector for 240V

Field Connection
Alarm
Remote
Control
Switch
Field Connection
Operating
Line DC5V
Mark Name Remarks

CA Capacito for indoor fanr
CN Connector
Printed Circuit Board DSW5 Refrigerant Cycle No. On PCB1
DSW6 Model code On PCB1
EF1, Fuse On PCB1
FS Float Switch
ITI Internal thermostat for indoor fan
MV Micro-Computer Control Expansion
NF Noise Filter
Service Connector for PCB1,2,3 Printed Circuit Board
Drain Diacharge Mechanism PCN 1~203 Connector on PCB On PCB
RSW Indoor Unit No. Settings On PCB1
TF Transformer
YH2 Relay On PCB1
Terminals
Optional Parts
Field Wiring
Earth Wiring
Factory Wiring
Field Connection
*
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODELS: RCD-4.0 ~ 5.0
Connector for 220V
Connector for 240V

Field Connection
Alarm
Remote
Control
Switch
Field Connection
Operating
Line DC5V
Printed Circuit Board

Mark Name Remarks
CA Capacito for indoor fanr
CN Connector
DSW5 Refrigerant Cycle No. On PCB1
DSW6 Model code On PCB1
EF1, Fuse On PCB1
FS Float Switch
ITI Internal thermostat for indoor fan
MV Micro-Computer Control Expansion
NF Noise Filter
PCB1,2,3 Printed Circuit Board
PCN 1~203 Connector on PCB On PCB
RSW Indoor Unit No. Settings On PCB1
TF Transformer
Service Connector for THM5 Gas Pipe Thermistor
Drain Diacharge Mechanism YH2 Relay On PCB1
Terminals
Optional Parts
Field Wiring
Earth Wiring
Factory Wiring
7/5
Field Connection
*
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODELS: RPC-2.0 ~ 6.0
PCB Sockets location
7/6
Connector
for 240V Louver
Sensor Taps Power
Conector Control Source
for 220
For Communication
Indoor-Outdoor.
For RCS PC-P1HE
INPUT OUTPUT1 OUTPUT2
HIGH
VOLTAGE
for RCS
Main Mark Name Remarks
PC-2H2
Switch CA Capacitor for Indoor Fan

CN Connector
DSW3 Unit Capacity Code On PCB
DSW5 Refrigerant Cycle No. On PCB
DSW6 Unit Code On PCB
DSW7 Fuse Recover/ Remote Controller Selector On PCB
EFR1,EFS1,E On PCB
Fuse
FS
EHW(H2) Electric Heater for Condensate Air Protection
FS Float Switch
ITI Internal Thermostat for Indoor Fan Motor
MD Motor for Drain Discharge Mechanism
Main MS Motor for Automatic Swing Louver
Switch MV Micro-Computer Control Expansion Valve
LED1~3 Alarm Code On PCB
PCB Printed Circuit Board
RCS Remote Control Switch Optional Part
RSW Indoor Unit No. Settings On PCB
SA Surge Absorber
SSW Slide Switch On PCB
TB Terminal Board
TF Transformer
THM1 Inlet Air Thermistor On PCB
THM2 Outlet Air Thermistor On PCB
THM3 Liquid Pipe Thermistor On PCB
THM5 Gas Pipe Thermistor On PCB
YH2 Relay for HI Fan Motor Tap DC Coil
Electrical Control Box of Indoor Unit (for 2.0, 2.5 and 3.0 HP) YME Relay for ME Fan Motor Tap DC Coil
YLO Relay for LO Fan Motor Tap DC Coil
YSLO Relay for SLO Fan Motor Tap DC Coil
Terminals
X Field Supplied
Field Wiring
Electrical Control Box of Indoor Unit (for 4.0 and 5.0 HP) --- Earth Wiring
Factory Wiring
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODELS: RPI-1.5
Connector Inlet Outlet Liquid Gas
for 240V
Conector
for 220V
PCB Sockets location
Louver Sensor
Tape Control Power Supply
For Communication
Indoor-Outdoor. INPUT OUTPUT1 OUTPUT2
For RCS PC-P1HE
for RCS
High Voltage
PC-2H2
Main
Switch
Mark Name Remarks

CA Capacitor for Indoor Fan
CN Connector
EFR1,EF On PCB
S1 Fuse
EF1
Main FS Float Switch
Switch ITI Internal Thermostat for Indoor Fan Motor
MV Micro-Computer Control Expansion Valve
TB Terminal Board
TF Transformer
Electrical Control Box of Indoor Unit THM2 Outlet Air Thermistor On PCB
YME Relay for ME Fan Motor Tap DC Coil
Terminals
X Field Supplied
Field Wiring
--- Earth Wiring
Factory Wiring
7/7
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODELS: RPI-2.0 ~ 6.0
7/8
Connector
for 240V
Connector
for 220 PCB Sockets location
Louver Sensor
Tape Control Power Supply
For Communication
Indoor-Outdoor.
For RCS PC-P1H
INPUT OUTPUT1 OUTPUT2
High Voltage
for RCS
Main
PC-2H2
Switch
Mark Name Remarks

Main CN Connector
Switch DSW3 Unit Capacity Code On PCB
EFR1,EF On PCB
S1 Fuse
EF1
FS Float Switch
MV Micro-Computer Control Expansion Valve
Electrical Control Box of Indoor Unit TB Terminal Board
Standard Static TF Transformer
Pressure THM1 Inlet Air Thermistor On PCB
Terminals
X Field Supplied
Field Wiring
--- Earth Wiring
Factory Wiring
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODELS: RPI-8 ~ 10
Connector Connector
for 240V for 220V
For RCS
Main
PC-P2H2
switch
Mark Name Remarks

CN Connector
EFR1,EFS1 On PCB
Fuse
EF1
TB Terminal Board
TF Transformer
Y52H Relay for Electric Heater DC Coil
Terminals
Field Supplied
Field Wiring
--- Earth Wiring
Factory Wiring
7/9
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODELS: RPK-1.5 ~ 2.0
Connector for 240V

7/10
Connector for 220 Inlet Outlet Liquid Gas

Remote
Control
Operating Switch
Line DC5V
Field Connection
Mark Name Remarks
C Capacitor
CN Connector
DSW2 Optional functions
Wiress Receiver Part DSW 3 Unit Capacity Code On PCB1(M)
DSW5 Refrigerant Cycle No. On PCB1(M)
EF1, EF2, Fuse On PCB(P)
Printed Circuit Board MIF Motor for Indoor Fan
MS Motor for Automatic Swing
MV Micro-Computer Control
LED1~3 Alarm code On PCB3
PCB1(P),1(M),2, Printed Circuit Board
PCN Connector on PCB
PSW301 Switch for emergency operation
RSW Indoor Unit No. Settings On PCB1(M)
TF Transformer
TB Terminal board
YH2 Relay On PCB1(M)
Terminals
Optional Parts
Field Wiring
Earth Wiring
Factory Wiring
Field Connection
*
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODELS: RPK-2.5 ~ 3.5
Operating
Line DC5V
High-Voltage
Supply
Circuit
Remote
Control Switch
Wireless Receiver Port
PC-P1HE (Option) Mark Name Remarks

C Capacitor
CN Connector
DSW2 Optional functions
DSW 3 Unit Capacity Code On PCB1(M)
PCB Sockets Location DSW5 Refrigerant Cycle No. On PCB1(M)
EF1, EF2, Fuse On PCB(P)
MV Micro-Computer Control
LED1~3 Alarm code On PCB3
PCB1(P),1(M) Printed Circuit Board
PCN Connector on PCB
PSW301 Switch for emergency operation
RSW Indoor Unit No. Settings On PCB1(M)
TF Transformer
TB1 Terminal board
YH2 Relay On PCB1(M)
Terminals
Optional Parts
Field Wiring
Earth Wiring
Factory Wiring
Field Connection
*
7/11
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODELS: RPF(I) - 1.5 ~ 2.5
Connector
for 240V
Connector
7/12
for 220 Inlet Outlet Liquid Gas
Electrical Control Box of Indoor Unit
for Communication
2 wire RCS (PC-P1H)
INPUT OUTPUT1
OUTPUT2
Main
Switch
for RCS
PC-2H2
Mark Name Remarks

CN Connector
Main
DSW6 Unit Models Code On PCB
Switch DSW7 Fuse Recover/ Remote Controller Selector On PCB
RSW Indoor Unit no. Setting On PCB
EFR1,EF On PCB
Fuse
S1,EF1
ITI Internal Thermostst for Indoor Fan Motor
LD1~3 Alarm Code On PCB
MV Expansion valve On PCB
Printed Circuit Board SSW Slide Switch
TB Terminal Board
Taps Control Power
Louver THM3 Liquid Pipe Thermistor On PCB
Source
Sensor THM5 Gas Pipe Thermistor On PCB
TF Transformer
YH1 Relay for Hi Fan Motor Tap DC Coil
Terminals
X Field Connection
Field Wiring
--- Earth Wiring
Factory Wiring
HIGH VOLTAGE
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODEL: KPI
Connector for 240 V
Connector for 220 V
Inlet Outlet
Supply for Motor Exhaust for Motor

Mark Name Remarks
Printed Circuit Board
CN Connector
DSW6 Unit Models Code On PCB
RSW Indoor Unit no. Setting On PCB
EFR1,EF On PCB
Fuse
S1,EF1
ITI Internal Thermostst for Indoor Fan Motor
LD1~3 Alarm Code On PCB
MIF1,2 Motor for Indoor Fan
GM Motor (bypass damper)
lLS Magnet for gas by pass damper
PCB1,2 Printed Circuit Board
SSW Slide Switch
TB Terminal Board
TF Transformer

YH1 Relay for Hi Fan Motor Tap DC Coil
Terminals
X Field Connection
Field Wiring
7/13
--- Earth Wiring

Factory Wiring
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR RAS-(2/2.5/3)(A/H)GV8E 7/14
for 240V
for 220V
(Air) (Pipe) (Comp)
Main
Switch Mark Part Name Remarks
CA 1,2 Capacitor for Outdoor Fan
CH Crankcase Heater
CMC Contactor for Compressor Motor
CN Connector
2023
CT Current Transformer
DS 1,2 Inserting Type Connector
DSW1 Test Operation an Option Function On PCB
Settings
DSW2 Factory Fixed Settings On PCB
DSW3 Capacity Settings On PCB
DSW4 Refrigerant Cycle no. Settings On PCB
Main DSW5 Transmitting Settings On PCB
Switch
EF 1,2 Fuse
ITO 1 Internal Thermostat for Outdoor Fan Built in MOF
Motor 1
LED 14 See subchapter 9.2.1-LEDs 4-bits
MC Motor Compressor
Back Side MOF 1 Motor for Outdoor Fan
Electrical Control Box PCB Printed circuit board
PS(H) Pressure Switch (High)
Arrangement of Arrangement of PS(C) Pressure Switch (Control)
Electric Parts in Unit Electric Parts in PSW1 Unconditional Defrosting Dwitch (Push On PCB
Electric Box Switch)
RVR Reversing valve Relay Heat Pump
Only
SV Solenoid Valve for Gas By-pass
TB Terminal Board
THM7 Air Inlet Thermistor
THM8 Freeze Protection Thermistor
THM9 Compressor Temperature Thermistor
TF Transformer
Y52C Auxiliary Relay for Compressor DC Coil
YCH Auxiliary Relay for Heater DC Coil
Y21 Auxiliary Relay for Reversing valve DC Coil
Relay
Y20 Auxiliary Relay for Solenoid Valve DC Coil
Terminals
Closed-end Connector
Field Supplied
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR RAS-3.5(A/H)GV8E
for 240V
for 220V
(Air) (Ppe) (Comp)
Main
Switch Mark Part Name Remarks
CH Crankcase Heater
CN Connector
2023
Settings
Main
Switch DSW4 Refrigerant Cycle no. Settings On PCB
DSW5 Transmitting Settings On PCB
EF 1,2 Fuse
ITO 1,2 Internal Thermostat for Outdoor Fan Built in MOF
Motor 1
MC Motor Compressor
Arrangement of
MOF 1,2 Motor for Outdoor Fan
Electric Parts in Unit
PCB Printed circuit board
Arrangement of PS(H) Pressure Switch (High)
Electric Parts in PS(C) Pressure Switch (Control)
Electric Box PSW1 Unconditional Defrosting Dwitch (Push On PCB
Switch)
Only
TB Terminal Board
TF Transformer
Relay

Terminals
7/15
Field Supplied
Field Wiring
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR RAS-4(A/H)GV8E 7/16
for 240V
for 220V
(Air) (Pipe) (Comp)
Main
Switch
Mark Part Name Remarks

CH Crankcase Heater
CN Connector
2023
Main
Switch CT Current Transformer
Settings
EF 1,2 Fuse
Motor 1
Arrangement of Electrical Control Box LED 14 See subchapter 9.2.1-LEDs 4-bits
Electric Parts in Unit MC Motor Compressor
Arrangement of PCB Printed circuit board
Electric Parts in
Electric Box
PS(C) Pressure Switch (Control)
PSW1 Unconditional Defrosting Dwitch (Push On PCB
Switch)
Only
TB Terminal Board
TF Transformer
Relay
Terminals
Field Supplied
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR RAS-(2.5/3)(A/H)G8E
for 240V
for 220V

(Air) (Pipe) (Comp)
CH Crankcase Heater
CN Connector
2023
Main Sw
tch DSW1 Test Operation an Option Function On PCB
Settings
EF 1,2 Fuse
Motor 1
MC Motor Compressor
MOF 1 Motor for Outdoor Fan
Switch)
Only
TB Terminal Board
Electrical Control Box THM7 Air Inlet Thermistor
Arrangement of
Electric Parts in Unit THM8 Freeze Protection Thermistor
Arrangement of TF Transformer
Electric Parts in Y52C Auxiliary Relay for Compressor DC Coil
Electric Box
Relay
Terminals
Field Supplied
Field Wiring

Earth Wiring

F t Wi i
7/17
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR RAS-(3.5 ~ 6)(A/H)G8E 7/18
for 240V for 220V
(Air) (Pipe) (Comp)

Main CH Crankcase Heater
Switch CMC Contactor for Compressor Motor
CN Connector
2023
Settings
EF 1,2 Fuse
Motor 1
MC Motor Compressor
Electrical Control Box PCB Printed circuit board
Arrangement of PS(H) Pressure Switch (High)
Electric Parts in Unit PS(C) Pressure Switch (Control)
Switch)
Arrangement of Only
Electric Parts in SV Solenoid Valve for Gas By-pass
Electric Box
TB Terminal Board
TF Transformer
Relay
Terminals
Field Supplied
Fi ld Wi i
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR RAS-(8/10)(A/H)G8E
for 240V for 220V
(Air) (Pipe) (Comp)

CA 1 Capacitor for Outdoor Fan
CH Crankcase Heater
Main CMC Contactor for Compressor Motor
Switch
CN Connector
20,21,22
Settings
EF 1,2 Fuses
Motor 1
MC Motor Compressor
MOF 1, Motor for Outdoor Fan
(Red) PS(H) Pressure Switch (High)
(White) Location of Connectors on PCB
(Black) PSW Unconditional Defrosting Dwitch (Push On PCB
Switch)
R Resistor
RVR Reversing valve Relay
Arrangement of Electric Parts in Electric Box SSR Thyristor
TB Terminal Board
TF Transformer
THM9 Compressor Temperature
Thermistor
Y21 Auxiliary Relay for Reversing DC Coil
valve Relay
(RAS 8/10HG8E Only)
Terminals
(RAS 8/10HG8E Only)

Field Supplied
Field Wiring
7/19
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR RASC-5HG8E
For 240 V For 220 V

7/20

CA 1 Capacitor for Outdoor Fan
CH Crankcase Heater
CN Connector
2022
Air Pipe Comp
Settings
Main DSW4 Refrigerant Cycle no. Settings On PCB
Switch DSW5 Transmitting Settings On PCB
EF 1,2 Fuses
Motor 1
LED 14 Alarm Code LEDs -See subchapter 4-bits

9.2.1-LEDs
MC Motor Compressor
NF1 Noise Filter
MOF 1 Motor for Outdoor Fan
PSW Unconditional Defrosting Dwitch (Push On PCB
Switch)
R Resistor
Only
(Red) TB Terminal Board
Arrangement of Electric Parts TF Transformer
(White) (Black) in Electrical Control Box
THM7 Thermistor for Outdoor Unit
THM8 Thermistor for piping
Arrangement of Electric Parts Location of connectors on PCB THM9 Thermistor for Upper Part of
in Electrical Control Box Compressor
Electrical Control Box Y52C Auxiliary Relay for Compressor DC Coil
Relay
MT Magnetic and thermal circuit Breaker
Terminals
Field Supplied
Field Wiring
REFRIGERANT CYCLE 8/1
8 REFRIGERANT CYCLE
This chapter describes the Refrigerant Cycle and shows the main parts of the system for the possible configurations of the new
Hitachi UTOPIA G8 Series.
CONTENTS
8 REFRIGERANT CYCLE ____________________________________________________ 1

8.1. Refrigerant Cycle Utopia G8 Series ___________________________________________ 2
8.1.1. Refrigerant cycle Cooling only Utopia G8 Series__________________________________ 2
8.1.2. Refrigerant cycle Heat Pump Utopia G8 Series___________________________________ 4
8.2. Refrigerant Cycle Utopia Big G8 Series ________________________________________ 6
8.2.1. Refrigerant cycle Cooling only Utopia Big G8 Series_______________________________ 6
8.2.2. Refrigerant cycle Heat Pump Utopia Big G8 Series _______________________________ 8
8.3. Refrigerant Cycle Heat Pump Centrifugal G8 Series _____________________________ 10
8/2 REFRIGERANT CYCLE
8.1. REFRIGERANT CYCLE UTOPIA G8 SERIES
8.1.1. REFRIGERANT CYCLE COOLING ONLY UTOPIA G8 SERIES
Cooling Only. Single combination

Indoor Unit RCI-2.0FSN1E Outdoor Unit RAS-2AG8E
Field Supplied
Cooling Only. Twin combination
Indoor unit RCI-2.0FSN1E Outdoor Unit RAS-4AG8E
Field Supplied
Indoor unit RCI-2.0FSN1E
Refrigerant Flow Direction (Cooling)

Field Refrigerant Piping
Flare Connection
Brazing Connection
No. Part Name No. Part Name

1 Compressor 10 Stop Valve (Gas Line)
2 Indoor Heat Exchanger 11 Stop Valve (Liquid Line)
3 Outdoor Heat Exchanger 12 Filter dryer Field Supplied
4 Accumulator 13 Ball Valve Field Supplied
5 Expansion Valve 14 Check Joint (Liquid Line)
6 Distributor 15 Capillary Tube (Gas Bypass)
7 Check Joint (Gas Line) 16 Solenoid Valve (Gas Bypass)
8 Pressure switch (High) 17 Pressure Switch (Gas Bypass)
9 Strainer 18 Branch Pipe (TE-04)
Cooling only. Triple combination.

IIndoor unit RCI-2.0FSN1E
Outdoor Unit RAS-6AG8E

Field Supplied

Flare Connection
Brazing Connection

1 Compressor 10 Stop Valve (Gas Line)
2 Indoor Heat Exchanger 11 Stop Valve (Liquid Line)
3 Outdoor Heat Exchanger 12 Filter dryer Field Supplied
4 Accumulator 13 Ball Valve Field Supplied
5 Expansion Valve 14 Check Joint (Liquid Line)
6 Distributor 15 Capillary Tube (Gas Bypass)
7 Check Joint (Gas Line) 16 Solenoid Valve (Gas Bypass)
8 Pressure switch (High) 17 Pressure Switch (Gas Bypass)
9 Strainer 18 Branch Pipe (TRE-06)
8.1.2. REFRIGERANT CYCLE HEAT PUMP UTOPIA G8 SERIES
Heat Pump. Single combination
Indoor Unit RCI-2.0FSN1E Outdoor Unit RAS-2HG8E
Field Supplied
Heat Pump. Twin combination
Outdoor Unit RAS-4HG8E

Field Supplied

Refrigerant Flow Direction (Heating)
Flare Connection
Brazing Connection

1 Compressor 12 Pressure Switch (Gas Bypass)
2 Indoor Heat Exchanger 13 Strainer
3 Outdoor Heat Exchanger 14 Stop Valve (Gas Line)
4 Accumulator 15 Stop Valve (Liquid Line)
5 Expansion Valve 16 Solenoid Valve (Gas Bypass)
6 Capillary Tube (Heating) 17 Capillary Tube (Gas Bypass)
7 Reverse Valve 18 Filter dryer Field Supplied
8 Distributor 19 Ball Valve Field Supplied
9 Check switch 20 Check Joint High Liquid Pressure at Cooling Mode
10 Check Joint Low Pressure 21 Check Joint High Gas Pressure at Heating Mode
11 Pressure Switch (High) 22 Branch Pipe (TE-04)
Heat Pump. Triple combination

Field Supplied

Flare Connection
Brazing Connection

2 Indoor Heat Exchanger 13 Strainer
3 Outdoor Heat Exchanger 14 Stop Valve (Gas Line)
6 Capillary Tube (Heating) 17 Capillary Tube (Gas Bypass)
7 Reverse Valve 18 Filter dryer Field Supplied
8 Distributor 19 Ball Valve Field Supplied
9 Check switch 20 Check Joint High Liquid Pressure at Cooling Mode
10 Check Joint Low Pressure 21 Check Joint High Gas Pressure at Heating Mode
11 Pressure Switch (High) 22 Branch Pipe (TRE-06)
8.2. REFRIGERANT CYCLE UTOPIA BIG G8 SERIES
8.2.1. REFRIGERANT CYCLE COOLING ONLY UTOPIA BIG G8 SERIES
Cooling only. Single combination

Indoor Unit RPI-8HG7E
Field Supplied
Cooling only.Twin combination

Indoor Unit RPI-4.0FSNE
Field Supplied

Flare Connection
Brazing Connection

1 Compressor 9 Strainer
2 Indoor Heat Exchanger 10 Stop Valve (Gas Line)
3 Outdoor Heat Exchanger 11 Stop Valve (Liquid Line)
4 Accumulator 12 Filter dryer Field Supplied
5 Capillary Tube (Cooling) 13 Ball Valve Field Supplied
6 Distributor 14 Check Joint (Liquid Line)
7 Check Joint (Gas Line) 15 Branch Pipe (TE-08)
8 Pressure Switch (High) 16 Expansion Valve
Cooling only. Quad combination

Field
Supplied

Flare Connection
Brazing Connection
Flange Connection

4 Accumulator 12 Filter dryer Field Supplied
5 Capillary tube 13 Ball Valve Field Supplied
6 Distributor 14 Check Joint (Liquid Line)
7 Check Joint (Gas Line) 15 Branch Pipe (QE-810)
8 Pressure Switch (High) 16 Expansion valve
8.2.2. REFRIGERANT CYCLE HEAT PUMP UTOPIA BIG G8 SERIES
Heat Pump. Single combination Outdoor Unit RAS-8HG8E
Indoor Unit RPI-8HG7E
Field Supplied
Field Supplied

Flare Connection
Brazing Connection

4 Accumulator 16 Solenoid Valve (Gas Bypass)
5 Capillary Tube (Cooling) 17 Capillary Tube (Gas Bypass)
6 Capillary Tube (Heating) 18 Filter dryer Field Supplied
7 Reverse Valve 19 Ball Valve Field Supplied
8 Distributor 20 Check Joint High Liquid Pressure at Cooling Mode
9 Check switch 21 Check Joint High Gas Pressure at Heating Mode
10 Check Joint Low Pressure 22 Branch Pipe (TE-08)
12 Pressure Switch (Gas Bypass)
Heat Pump. Quad combination

Field
Supplied

Indoor unit RCI-2.0FSN1E Refrigerant Flow Direction (Heating)
Flare Connection
Brazing Connection
Flange Connection

4 Accumulator 16 Solenoid Valve (Gas Bypass)
5 Capillary Tube (Cooling) 17 Capillary Tube (Gas Bypass)
6 Capillary Tube (Heating) 18 Filter dryer Field Supplied
7 Reverse Valve 19 Ball Valve Field Supplied
8 Distributor 20 Check Joint High Liquid Pressure at Cooling Mode
9 Check switch 21 Check Joint High Gas Pressure at Heating Mode
10 Check Joint Low Pressure 22 Branch Pipe (QE-810)
12 Pressure Switch (Gas Bypass)
8.3. REFRIGERANT CYCLE HEAT PUMP CENTRIFUGAL G8
Heat Pump. Single combination
Outdoor Unit RASC-5HG8E
Indoor Unit RCI-5FSN1E
Field supplied

Outdoor Unit RASC-5HG8E
Indoor Unit RCI-2.5FSN1E
Field supplied
Indoor Unit RCI-2.5FSN1E

Flare Connection
Flange Connection

2 Indoor Coil 11 Restrictor
3 Outdoor Coil 12 Stop Valve (Gas Line)
6 Reversing Valve 15 Capillary Tube (Gas Bypass)
7 Distributor 16 Strainer
8 Check Joint 17 Filter dryer Field Supplied
9 Pressure Switch (High) 18 Ball Valve Field Supplied
REMOTE CONTROLLERS OPERATION 9/1
9 REMOTE CONTROLLERS OPERATION

This chapter describes the operation procedures for the remote controllers of the new Hitachi UTOPIA G8 Series.
CONTENTS
9 REMOTE CONTROLLERS OPERATION_______________________________________ 1

9.1 Liquid Crystal Remote Control Switch (PC-P1HE) ________________________________ 2
9.1.1. Operation Procedure for Cooling, Heating, Dry and Fan Operations __________________ 3
9.1.2. Operation Procedure for Temperature, Fan Speed and Air Louver Direction Setting ______ 3
9.1.3. Operation Procedure for Timer Operation _______________________________________ 4
9.1.4. Operation Procedure for Ventilation____________________________________________ 4
9.1.5. Operation Procedure for Automatic Cooling/Heating Operation ______________________ 4
9.1.6. Operation Procedure for Swing Louver Adjustment________________________________ 5
9.1.7. Indication when in Normal Condition ___________________________________________ 6
9.1.8. Indications when in Abnormal Condition ________________________________________ 6
9.2 Optional Remote Controller (PC-P5H) _________________________________________ 7
9.3 Optional Wireless Remote Control Switch, PC-LH3A ______________________________ 8
9.3.1. Operation Procedure _______________________________________________________ 9
9.3.2. Receiver Kit _____________________________________________________________ 10
9.3.3. Air Panel Wireless Control __________________________________________________ 10
9.3.4. Operation for multiple Indoor Units ___________________________________________ 11
9.4 Optional 7-Day Timer (PSC-5T) _____________________________________________ 13
9.4.1. Setting present Day and present Time ________________________________________ 14
9.4.2. Changing Weekly Schedule Pattern (A or B)____________________________________ 14
9.4.3. Setting On/Off Time _______________________________________________________ 15
9.4.4. Setting Running Day ______________________________________________________ 16
9.4.5. Setting Holiday ___________________________________________________________ 16
9.4.6. Checking Contents of Setting _______________________________________________ 17
9.5 Optional Central Station (PSC-5S) ___________________________________________ 18
9.5.1. Group Selection and Monitoring Unit Operation Status ____________________________ 19
9.5.2. Setting of Operation Mode __________________________________________________ 20
9.5.3. Setting of Temperature, Fan Speed and Louver Angle ____________________________ 20
9.5.4. Unit Operation ___________________________________________________________ 22
9.5.5. Prohibiting Operation by Remote Control Switch_________________________________ 22
9.5.6. Timer Operation __________________________________________________________ 23
9.5.7. Other LDC Indications _____________________________________________________ 23
9.5.8. Indication in Abnormal Conditions ____________________________________________ 24
9.6 Optional Accessories for RCS_______________________________________________ 24
9.6.1. Remote Control Cable (PRC-10E1~PRC-30E1) _________________________________ 24
9.6.2. Remote Control Cable (PRC-10E~PRC-30E) ____________Error!Marcador no definido.
9.6.3. 3P Connector Cable_______________________________________________________ 24
HITACHI products have different optional Remote Controls.

Therefore, the user may order the optional Remote Control CAUTION:
as required. In the following pages, all possible functions and Press switches only with fingers. Do not press switches
operations are explained. Please, refer to Chapter 15 to by any other item, as it may damage the switches.
obtain information about installation and wiring connection.
9/2 REMOTE CONTROLLERS OPERATION
9.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH (PC-P1HE)

Liquid Crystal Display (L.C.D) Section
LOUVER (Swing Louver Operation) Switch
TIME (Time Setting) Switch
Increases and decreases the Set Time for timer
operation
ON/OFF TIMER Switch
Used to activate or deactivate the timer operation
CHECK Switch
Indication
Operatio
RESET (Filter Reset Switch)
After cleaning the air filter, press the "RESET" button.
n Switch
The filter indication will disappear and the next
filter cleaning time is reset. It also stops the run
procedure.
TEMP (Temperature Setting) Switch
T.RUN (Test Run Indication)
Check (Check Indication)
These Tests appears when "TEST RUN" or "CHECK"
is being performed
ABNML (Alarm) Indicator

"FILTER" Indicator
SET TEMP (Setting Temperature) Indicator
Model: PC-P1HE ON/OFF Timer (Timer Operation Indicator)

Alarm Code Indicator
"NO FUNCTION" Indicator
Fan Speed Indicator CENTRAL (Central Control Indicator Operation)
Ventilation Indicator Indicates that central station or CS-Net is being
Indicates the fan speed you have selected: performed
(High/Medium/Low)
It indicates if Total Heat exchanger has been selected. Swing Louver Indicator
A/C only air conditioning "DEFROST" Indicator
VENTI only ventilation
A/C + VENTI when both have been selected
Operation Mode Indicator
Indicates the operation mode selected:
Fan, Cool, Heat, Dry, Auto (Cool/Heat)
Run Indicator (Red Lamp)
RUN/STOP Switch
When opening the cover,
MODE (Operation Mode Selection) Switch pull the cover toward the arrow direction
FAN SPEED (Fan Speed Selection) Switch NOTE:

Up & Down Panel Operation Switch
Do not use this system as constant temperature and
constant humidity control equipment.
VENTI(Ventilator Operation) Switch In the case that the LOW fan speed is selected and
outdoor temperature is higher than 21C, excessive
load is given to the compressor at heating operation.
Therefore, set the fan speed at HIGH or MEDIUM,
since safety devices may be activated.
When the system is started after a shutdown longer
than approximately 3 months, it is recommended that
the system be checked by your service contractor.
Turn OFF the main switch when the system is stopped
for a long period of time. If the main switch is not
turned OFF, electricity is consumed, because the oil
heater is always energized during compressor
stopping.
9.1.1. OPERATION PROCEDURE FOR COOLING, HEATING, DRY AND FAN OPERATIONS
Before Operation
Supply electrical power to the system for approximately 12 hours before start-up after long
shutdown. Do not start the system immediately after power supply, it may cause a
compressor failure, because the compressor is not heated well. CAUTION:
Make sure that the outdoor unit is not covered with snow or ice. If covered, remove it by
using hot water (less than 50C).
If the water temperature is higher than 50C, it will cause damage to plastic parts.
Turn ON the power supply.
Three vertical lines appear on the liquid crystal display
A/C or VENTI is indicated on the liquid crystal display.
Press the MODE switch.
By repeatedly pressing the MODE switch, the indication is changed in order of COOL,
HEAT, DRY and FAN (In case of Cooling Only model, COOL, DRY and FAN).
(The figure shows when setting "COOL" mode is selected).
Press the RUN/STOP switch.
The RUN indicator (Red) is ON. The system is automatically started.
NOTE:
Setting of Temperature, Fan Speed and Air Louver Direction
The setting condition is memorized after setting once, therefore the daily setting is
not required. In case that the setting is required to be changed, refer to operation
procedure for Temperature, Fan Speed and Air Louver Direction Setting.
Switch OFF (STOP)
Press the RUN/STOP switch again. The RUN indicator (Red) is OFF. The system is
automatically stopped.
NOTE:
There could be a case that the fan operation is performed for approximately 2
minutes after the heating operation is stopped.
9.1.2. OPERATION PROCEDURE FOR TEMPERATURE, FAN SPEED AND AIR LOUVER DIRECTION SETTING
DO NOT touch the CHECK switch.
The CHECK switch is used only when servicing.
In case that the CHECK switch is pressed by mistake and the operation mode is
changed to the check mode, press the CHECK switch again for approximately 3
seconds, and press the CHECK switch once again after 10 seconds, and the
ATTENTION:
operation mode is changed to the normal condition.
Setting of Temperature
Adjust the temperature by pressing TEMP < or = switch.
The temperature is increased by 1 C by pressing < switch (Max. 30 C).
The temperature is decreased by 1 C by pressing = switch (Min. 19 C in case of
COOL, DRY and FAN mode, Min. 17 C in case of HEAT mode).
(The figure shows when setting 28 C).
Setting of Fan Speed
Press the FAN SPEED switch.
By repeatedly pressing the FAN SPEED switch, the indication is changed in order of
HIGH, MED and LOW.
For standard operation, set the fan speed at HIGH.
(The figure shows when setting "MED" speed).
NOTE:
In case of DRY mode, the fan speed is automatically changed to LOW, and can not
be changed (However, the indication shows the present setting condition).
Setting of Swing Louver Direction

Press the SWING LOUVER switch, the swing louver starts to swing. Press the SWING
LOUVER switch again, the swing louver is fixed.
By repeatedly pressing the SWING LOUVER switch, the swing louver repeats to stop
and swing.
When Fixed
The indication shows the air flow direction.
When Swinging Automatically
The indications move continuously corresponding to the louver swing.
NOTE:
In case of heating operation, the louver angle is automatically changed.
9.1.3. OPERATION PROCEDURE FOR TIMER OPERATION

Press the ON/OFF TIMER switch.
ON TIMER is indicated in case that the system is stopped.
OFF TIMER is indicated in case that the system is operated.
(The figure shows when setting "ON TIMER")
Press the TIME or switch, and set your required time
- The set time is increased by 0.5 hours by pressing the switch (Max. 24.0 hours)
and decreased by 0.5 hours by pressing the switch (Min. 0.5 hours).
- In case that the required time is not set, the set time is automatically indicated at 8.0
hours.
(The figure shows when setting 8.5 hours for timer operation).
Cancel
Press the ON/OFF TIMER switch again.
9.1.4. OPERATION PROCEDURE FOR VENTILATION

This function is available only when the total heat exchanger is connected.
When the procedures below are performed without the total heat exchanger connected, ATTENTION
NO FUNCTION blinks for 5 seconds.
Ventilation
Press the VENTI switch
By repeatedly pressing the VENTI switch, the indication is changed in order of A/C,
VENTI and A/C+VENTI.
(The figure shows when setting "A/C + VENTI").
NOTE:
Contact your distributor or dealer of HITACHI for detailed information.
In case that the mode is changed to VENTI during individual operation of the air
conditioner, the air conditioner is stopped.
In case that the mode is changed to A/C during individual operation of the total heat
exchanger, the total heat exchanger is stopped.
9.1.5. OPERATION PROCEDURE FOR AUTOMATIC COOLING/HEATING OPERATION

The automatic cooling/heating operation is required to be set by the optional function.
Contact your distributor or dealer of HITACHI for detailed information.
This function is to change operation mode, cooling or heating automatically according to
the temperature difference between the set temperature and the suction air temperature.
In the case that the suction air temperature is higher than the set temperature by 3 C, the
operation is changed to COOL mode, and lower than the set temperature by 3 C, the
operation is changed to HEAT mode.
NOTE:
In case of heating operation at the LOW fan speed, the operation often stops by the
operation of the protective devices. In such cases, set the fan speed at HIGH or
MED.
In case that the outdoor temperature is higher than approximately 21 C, the heating
operation is not available.
The temperature difference between cooling and heating operation is quite big in
case of using this function. Therefore, this function can not be used for the air
conditioning of the room where requires accurate control of temperature and
humidity.
9.1.6. OPERATION PROCEDURE FOR SWING LOUVER ADJUSTMENT
1. When the SWING LOUVER switch is pressed, the RCI (4-Way Cassette Type)
swing louver starts its operation. The range of the
swinging angle is approximately 70 from the horizontal Indication
position to the downward position. When mark " "

is moving, it indicates the operation of the louver Louver Angle Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
(approx.) 20 25 30 35 45 55 70
continuously.
Cooling Dry Angle Range
2. When the swinging operation of the louver is not
Setting required, press the SWING LOUVER switch again. The Angle Range
Heating
Swing louver is stopped at an angle indicated by the direction
Louver of the mark " ". : Recommended Angle
3. Discharge air angle is fixed (at 20 for RCI series and RCD (2-Way Cassette Type)
40 for RCD series) during start-up of heating operation
and defrosting operation when thermostat is ON. Indication
When the outlet air temperature reaches higher than
approximately 30 C, swinging of louvers is started. Louver Angle Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
(approx.) 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Cooling Dry Angle Range

1. In the case of cooling and dry operation, discharge air
Angle Range
angle can be changed at 5 positions. In the case of Heating
heating operation, it can be changed at 7 positions
: Recommended Angle
2. To fix the louver position, first press the SWING RPK (Wall Type)
LOUVER switch to start the louver swinging, and then
press the SWING LOUVER switch again when the Indication
louver reaches the required position.
Louver Angle Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
3. Discharge air angle is fixed (at 20 for RCI series and (approx.) 35 40 45 50 55 60 70
40 for RCD series) during start-up of heating operation Angle Range
Cooling Dry
and defrosting operation when thermostat is ON.
Louver Angle Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
When the outlet air temperature exceeds approximately (approx.) 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Fixing 30 C, the swing louvers activate. Angle Range
Heating
of
4. When the louvers are fixed at an angle 55 RCI, 65 : Recommended Angle
Louver
RCD or 70 both during heating operation and the
RPC (Ceiling Type)
operation mode is changed to cooling operation,
louvers will be automatically fixed at an angle 45 RCI,
Indication
60 RCD
Louver Angle Horizont Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
NOTE: (approx.) al 15 30 40 50 60 80
There exists a time lag between the actual angle of Cooling Dry
Angle Range
the louver and the liquid crystal indication.

Angle Range
Heating
When the SWING LOUVER switch is pressed, the
louver will not stop immediately. The louver will : Recommended Angle
move one extra swing.
Do not turn the air louver by hand. If moved, the louver

mechanism will be damaged ! (in all units) CAUTION:
Wall Type (RPK):
- Adjust the vertical deflectors by hand to discharge air in the
required direction.
- Do not swing 1 blade at left side and 2 blade at right side of the
vertical deflection.
Automatic Setting of louver
- When the unit operation is stopped, two air louvers are stopped at Horizontal Vertical
closing position automatically. Deflector Deflector
Ceiling Type (RPC):

Horizontal Deflector
The vertical deflector consists of four sets of deflectors. Adjust the
vertical deflectors by hand to discharge air in the required direction.
NOTE:
For models without automatic swing louver the above
indications are not available through R.C.S. One Set Vertical
The swing Louver should be adjusted by hand in this case. Deflector
9.1.7. INDICATION WHEN IN NORMAL CONDITION

Thermo-controller
When the thermo-controller is operated, the fan speed is changed to LOW, and
the indication is not changed.
(Only in the heating operation)
Defrost
When the defrost operation is performed, DEFROST indication is ON.
The indoor fan is slowed down and stopped.
The louver is fixed at the horizontal position. However, the louver indication of
LCD continues to activate.
(The figure shows when setting "DEFROST" is ON).
When the unit is stopped during defrost operation, the RUN indicator(Red) is
OFF.
However, the operation continues with DEFROST indication, and the unit is
stopped after the defrost operation is finished.
Filter
Filter Clogging
FILTER indication is ON when the filter is clogged with dust, etc.
Clean up the filter.
- Press the RESET switch after cleaning up the filter. The FILTER indication
is OFF.
9.1.8. INDICATIONS WHEN IN ABNORMAL CONDITION
Indoor Unit Number Alarm Code

Abnormality
The RUN indicator(Red) blinks.
ALARM is indicated on the liquid crystal display.
The indoor unit number, the alarm code, the model code and the connected
number of indoor units are indicated on the liquid crystal display.
Model Code
In the case that the plural indoor units are connected, the above items for each
indoor unit are indicated one by one. Indicated for a Connected No. of
second alternately Indoor Units
Check the contents of the indications and contact your distributor or dealer of
Alarm Code
HITACHI.
Power Failure
All the indications are OFF.
Once the unit is stopped by power failure, the unit will not be started again
although the power recovers. Perform the starting procedures again.
In case of instantaneous power failure within 2 seconds, the unit will be started
again automatically.
Electric Noise
There could be a case that all the indications are OFF and the unit is stopped. Model Code
This is occurred by the activation of the micro computer for the unit protection Indication Model
from the electric noise.
Heat-Pump
NOTE: $

Inverter
Multi
In case of using the wireless remote control switch for the wall type indoor Cooling Only
unit, remove the connectors (CN25) connected to the indoor PCB. If not Others
removed, the unit can not operated.
The memorized data can not be erased unless the remote control switch is
initialized.
9.2 OPTIONAL REMOTE CONTROLLER (PC-P5H)
Temperature Indication
RUN LED (Red)
C
RUN/STOP Switch
Temperature Setting Switch
FAN SPEED (Green)
FAN SPEED Setting Switch-High
FAN SPEED Setting Switch-Medium
FAN SPEED Setting Switch-Low
HITACHI
PC-P5H
To Start To Stop
1. When turning ON the indoor unit, initial process will start. 1. Press the Switch. Air Conditioning is stopped and all
the LEDs are turned OFF. In order to restart, press the
C
switch.
NOTE:
Swing Louver Setting is not available. Select by
2. Set at your required temperature by pressing the Central Station or other remote control switch.
switch. The set temperature is indicated on the Default: Auto Swing
display.
In the case that the remote control switch not available
3. Select one of the fan speed by pressing the , , mode is set by central station, setting is not available.
switches. The set fan speed is indicated by the green
LED .
4. Press the Switch. The red LED turns ON.
9.3 OPTIONAL WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH, PC-LH3A

Transmitter
Point the transmitter towards the receiver of the indoor
unit when sending commands. The Transmitting
indication on the liquid crystal display flashes when
sending commands.
Transmitting Indication
Liquid Crystal Indication
The set temperature, timer operation, position of air
louver, operation mode, air flow mode, etc.. are
indicated.
The diagram of the display shown on the left is for
explanation purposes only. The display will differ during
actual operation.
Run/Stop Switch
Operation of the unit can be started or stopped by
pressing this switch.
Fan Speed Switch
Press this switch to select the fan speed. By repeatedly
pressing the button, the setting will change sequentially
through HIGH, MED and LOW. (Fan speed is fixed at low
for dry operation).
Mode selection switch
By repeatedly pressing the mode switch, the unit cycles
PC-LH3A through the different operating modes in the order of
HEAT, DR, COOL and FAN. To select auto operation,
This controller is used to send commands about press the switch for more than 3 seconds. If the switch is
operation mode, timer setting, etc. to the indoor unit. pressed again, it will return to FAN mode.
Face the transmitter of the controller toward the receiver
of the indoor unit and press the switch of required Louver Angle Switch
operation so that commands (by infrared rays) are sent The airflow angle and auto-louver operation can be set
to the indoor unit. The distance for transmitting is by this switch. When pressing the switch, the angle is
approximately 6 meters as a maximum. (The capable changed in the following order. (In cool or dry operation
distance for transmitting will get shorter in case that the modes, steps 1-5 and Auto swing are available).
transmitting angle is not vertical to the receiver or an
electronic type light is used in the room, etc.). Temp. Switch
The setting temperature con be adjusted using the
(The above figure shows all indication items switch.
for explanation only. Therefore, the
indication in actual operation is different) Reset Switch
(1) Press RESET to turn off the filter indicator lamp after
filter cleaning.
(2) If the unit is stopped abnormally due the protection
devices etc... press the RESET switch to cancel the
control stoppage after the cause of abnormality has
been remove.
Timer Switches
Four switches control the timer operation.
The set time can be changed by pressing "ON TIME" or
"OFF TIME" and is set by pressing the "SET" switch.
Timer operation can be cancelled using "CANCEL".
9.3.1. OPERATION PROCEDURE
When operating the controller, face the transmitter toward

the receiver of the indoor unit and press the switch for the
required operation as followings.
The operation commands are sent by pressing the required

operation switch by facing the transmitter of the controller
toward the receiver of the indoor unit.
When the commands are sent, the " " mark on the liquid
crystal display of the controller blinks once.
The indication lamp (yellow) on the receiver part of the Indication Lamp " " (yellow)
indoor unit turns ON for an instant when the indoor unit turns ON for an instant Vertical line
receives the commands. between
Transmitter
ATTENTION: and Receiver
In case that the indication lamp (yellow) does not turn Within approx.
ON although the commands are sent, the commands 50 (Directivity)
are not received by the indoor unit. In such a case,
send the commands again. Receiver
The transmitter of the controller has the vertical Transmitting mark Controller
directivity to the receiver, and the permissible angle for " " blinks once
transmitting is within 50. However, the capable
distance for transmitting gets half when the
transmitting angle is 50, and also get shorter in case
that an electronic type light is used in the room.
In case that two indoor units are installed side by side,
the commands from the controller may be received by
both indoor units. The function to identify each indoor
unit is not applicable.
9.3.2. RECEIVER KIT
One of this receiver Kits is required for indoor units to

receive the signal when using wireless remote control switch PC-RLH9
(PC-LH3A). Run/Stop Cooling
Run/Stop Heating
Applied Models:
Model On the Wall On the Panel

RCI-(1.5~6.0) PC-RLH8
RCD-(1.5~5.0) PC-RLH9
PC-RLH11
RPC-(2.0~6.0)
RPI-(1.5~6.0)
RPK-(1.5~4.0) PC-RLH11 Dip Switch
RPFI-(1.5~2.5) PC-RLH11
PC-RLH11
Run/Stop
Operation
Cooling
NOTE: Defrost
Run/Stop
In case of another Remote Controller is used together Heating
Dip
Filter Switch
with PC-RLH8/9/119, one of them must be set as
"Sub", setting pin 1 of SW3 to ON (see next page) Timer
PC-RLH8
Run/Stop Cooling
Run/Stop Heating
Dip Switch
9.3.3. AIR PANEL WIRELESS CONTROL

These air panels for wireless control contains the receiver Models Applied Indoor Unit
part, and is required for 4-way cassette type and 2-way
cassette type indoor units when using wireless remote For 4-Way
control switch (PC-LH3A). P-G23WA2 RCI-(1.5~6.0)
Cassette Type
For 2-Way P-G23DWA1 RCD-(1.0~3.0)

Cassette Type P-G46DWA1 RCD-(4.0/5.0)
9.3.4. OPERATION FOR MULTIPLE INDOOR UNITS

Installation of Units for Wireless Control Standard Unit with
or without receiver
In case of operating the multiple indoor units (Max. 16
units) simultaneously by wireless controller, the air panel
for wireless control should be applied only to the unit for
operation, and without receiver kit (for wired control)
should be applied to other units. If plural receiver kits for
wireless control are required to be used, max. two
receiver kits for wireless control can be installed.
In case of using two receiver kits for wireless control, set Should be Standard Unit
"Main" and "Sub" for receiver kits by the following Wireless Controller
procedures.
WARNING:
Turn OFF all the power source before the following
procedures such as wiring, setting the rotary switch,
etc.
Setting of "Sub" receiver kit for Wireless control

In case that two receiver kits for wireless control are
installed, one receiver should be set as the "Sub"
receiver kit.
PC-RLH8/9/11:
1. Remove rear cover
2. Set pin No. 1 of Dip Switch SW3 to ON
Receiver rear side
Wiring Procedures between Indoor Units

1. Perform the wiring work as follows.
The total length of the cable must be within 500 meters.
Cable references are shown below:
PC- PRC- PRC- PRC- PRC-

RLH8/9/11 10E1 15E1 20E1 30E1
Cable Wiring in case of PC-RLH8/9/11
10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m
Length Rotary Switch
PCB PCB
2. Fix the connecting control cable between indoor units at Receiver
certain points with bands not to run along the power
supply cable inside of the indoor unit.
The same wiring is required outside of the indoor unit;
Keep a distance more than 30 cm between the control
cable and the power supply cable, or ground one end of
a conduit tube after inserting the control cable in the
metal conduit tube.
st nd rd th
1 unit 2 unit 3 unit 4 unit
3. Set the RSW switches on the printed circuit board in the
electrical box of each indoor unit as shown in the next RSW Setting
figure.
4. Check the number of Indoor Units Connected when test th

5 unit
th
6 unit
th
7 unit
th
8 unit
running
NOTE:
The 7-segment indication of the receiver part (see th th th th
previous page) shows the number of the indoor units 9 unit 10 unit 11 unit 12 unit
connected in case that the test running is performed
by the controller. However, the number can not be
indicated for some models. In such a case, check the
number by the wired controller PC-2H2 or PC-P1HE.
WARNING:
th th th th
13 unit 14 unit 15 unit 16 unit
Turn OFF all the power source before the following
procedures such as wiring, setting the rotary switch,
etc.
9.4 OPTIONAL 7-DAY TIMER (PSC-5T)
Features: Functions:
By pluggin this timer to the optional remote control switch or 1. ON/OFF setting time in a week
central station, daily ON/OFF operation control throughout 2. ON/OFF setting in available three (3) times a day
the week is available. 3. OFF setting for special Holiday day
4. Present time is indicated
5. Running time is indicated
Setting Switch of Present time

By depressing this switch the "SET" indicator and ";"
mark are flickered and present time can be set.
Setting Switch of Day of a Week
Day of week is selected by this switch when "SET"
display is flickering or indicated.
Depressing this switch, the ";" mark move in order of
Indication "Sun > Mon > ... > Sat". Depressing the DAY after
"Sat", all the ";" mark are selected. Depressing it again
Operation
switch ";" mark returns to "Sun"
Setting Switch of Running Day (RUN DAY)
By depressing the "RUN DAY" switch, the selected day
is set as the running day and the "z" mark is turned on.
Depressing again it is turned off and the selected day is
cancelled
Change Switch of SELECT Setting
By depressing the " SELECT " switch the 1, 2 or
3 of ON TIME and OFF TIME is selected.
Change Switch of ON/OFF TIMER Setting
When "SET" display is flickering, by depressing the
"ON/OFF TIMER" the timer is changing to the ON/OFF
Model: PSC-5T time setting mode and the "hour" indication of ON TIME
is flickering.
Indication of Present Time CANCEL Switch of Setting Time
Depressing this switch when timer is set, the indication
Indication of Setting Time and Holiday Day
of ON TIME or OF TIME is changed to "-.--".
This indicates the Operation Mode, SET or MONITOR,
and the Holiday if it is selected. OK Switch
By depressing this switch the selection on setting
Indication of Present Day of the week
process is accepted.
Indication of Running Day of the week
Setting Switch of HOUR-MINUTE
Whenever the running day is set, this light is on. By depressing "<" or "=" the hour or minute is set
when "SET" display is flickering or indicated.
Run Indicator (Red Lamp)
Indication of ON TIME and OFF TIME Setting
Change Switch of Operation Mode (SET/MONITOR) It is indicating the setting conditions of the selected day
By depressing this switch the control timer is changed
to the setting mode, the "SET" indication is turned on
Indication of Weekly Scheduled Pattern (A or B)
and the ";" mark is flickered. Depressing again the
"SET" mode is turned off and the setting mode is
changes to monitor mode.
Change Switch of Setting Pattern (A/B)
There are two (2) patterns (A and B) set for the weekly
schedule.
Each pattern can be set with three (3) times ON/OFF
setting for each weekly day.
By depressing this switch the pattern activated (A or B)
is selected. When opening the cover,
Setting Switch of Holiday pull the cover toward the arrow direction
By depressing this switch when the "SET" indication is
on, the "HOLI" indication is turned on and the selected NOTE:
day is set as "Holiday". Depressing it again, the holiday The present time and the ON/OFF setting time are
setting is canceled. indicated by 12 hours units (AM 00:00-11:59,
PM 00:00-11:59)
9.4.1. SETTING PRESENT DAY AND PRESENT TIME
(<Example> present Day: Friday, Present Time: 5:15 PM).
During the setting mode, the setting of the present time is not available when depressing the
"PRESENT" switch more than 3 seconds. ATTENTION
1. Supply power to the unit.
ATTENTION:
Supply power the unit more than 12 hours before unit operation for compressor
protection.
Do not cut off power during the term of using air conditioner.
The right figure shows the case of the present time at AM 0:00 on Sunday. (When the power
is turned ON, the present time is not set.).
2. Depress the "PRESENT" switch for more than 3 seconds.
The display is changed to the present time setting mode, and the "SET" indicator and the "W"
mark are flickered.
The right figure shows the case that ON time and OFF time are not set.
3. Set the "W" mark at the present day by depressing the "DAY" switch.
Depress the "OK" switch after setting the present day, the "W" mark is turned on and "hour"
indication is flickered.
The right figure shows the case of setting the day at "Friday".
4. Set "hour" indication at the present hour by depressing the "HOUR/MINUTE < or ="
switch.
Depress the "OK" switch after setting the present hour, "hour" indication is turned on and
"minute" indication is flickered.
The right figure shows the case of setting the hour at "PM 5".
Note: AM 12:00 is displayed as PM 00:00
5. Set "minute" indication at the present minute by depressing the "HOUR/MINUTE < or
=" switch.
Depress the "OK" switch after setting the present minute, the present day and the present
time are fixed, and the present time setting mode is changed to the monitor mode. "minute"
indication is turned on and the "SET" indication is turned off.
The right figure shows the case of setting the minute at "15".
9.4.2. CHANGING WEEKLY SCHEDULE PATTERN (A OR B)

There are 2 (two) patterns (A or B) set for the weekly schedule.
Each pattern can be set with 3 (three) times ON/OFF settings for each weekly day.
<Function>
To select the pattern for setting and operating the schedule.
The schedule of A or B pattern can be set for each week and changed for a season.
1. Depress the "SET/MONITOR" switch.

The control timer is changed to the setting mode and the "SET" indication is turned on.
2. Depress the "A/B" switch.

The set pattern is changed ("A" to "B") by depressing the "A/B" switch.
The right figure shows the case of selecting the set pattern "B".

The "SET" mode is turned off and the setting mode is changed to the monitor mode.
9.4.3. SETTING ON/OFF TIME

(<Example> "A" pattern, Friday, Setting 2, PM 1:00 (ON) / PM 5:00 (OFF)
In case that the remote control switch (PC-2H2) is used together, both setting of ON TIME and
OFF TIME are required for setting 1, 2 and 3. (The setting of ON TIME (or OFF TIME) only is
not available).
In case that the central station (PSC-5S or PC-P1H) is used together, the setting of ON TIME
ATTENTION
(or OFF TIME) only is available.
The control timer is changed to the setting mode, the "SET" indication is turned on and the
"W" mark is flickered.
The right figure shows the case of changing to the setting mode.
2. Select "A" or "B" pattern by depressing the "A/B" switch.

Refer to "B". Changing weekly Schedule pattern A or B for changing the pattern
3. Select the weekly day to set ON/OFF control by depressing the "DAY" switch
By depressing the "DAY" switch, the flickering "W" mark moves in order of
"Sun Mon ... Sat". Depressing the "DAY" switch after "Sat", all the "W" marks (from
"Sun" to "Sat") are flickered. In this case, the setting is the same for all days of a week.
Depressing the "DAY" switch once again, the flickering "W" mark returns to the position of
"Sun"
4. Depress the "ON/OFF TIME" switch.
The Timer is changed to the ON/OFF time setting mode and the "hour" indication of ON
TIME is flickered.
The right figure shows the case of changing to the ON/OFF time setting mode
5. Select the setting 1,2 or 3 by depressing the " SELECT " switch.
By depressing the " SELECT " switch, the "hour" indication moves flickering.
The right figure shows the case of selecting the setting 2.
6. Set the "hour" indication of ON TIME by depressing the "HOUR/MINUTE < or ="
switch.
After setting the "hour" indication, depress the "OK" switch and the "minute" indication of ON
TIME to be set is flickered.
The right figure shows the case of setting the hour "PM 1:--"
7. Set the "minute" indication of ON TIME by depressing the "HOUR/MINUTE < or ="
switch.
After setting the "minute" indication, depress the "OK" switch and the "hour" indication of OFF
TIME to be set is flickered.
The right figure shows the case of setting the hour "PM 1:00".
8. Set the time of "OFF TIME" by the same procedure of setting the time of "ON TIME"
After setting the time of "OFF TIME", the flickering indication of "OFF TIME" is turned on and
the ON/OFF time setting mode is changed to the setting mode.
The right figure shows the case of setting the hour "PM 5:00".
9. Depress the "SET/MONITOR" switch

The "SET" indication is turned off and the control timer is changed to the monitor mode.
The right figure shows the case of indicating the setting condition of the present day.
Depressing the "CANCEL" switch when setting ON time (procedure 6) or OFF time
(procedure 8), the indication of ON TIME or OFF TIME is changed to " C ". Depressing the
"OK" switch in this condition, the setting is canceled.
ATTENTION
9.4.4. SETTING RUNNING DAY

<Function>
To set the day for actual operation of the running schedule set before. (Though the ON time
and OFF time are set, the schedule operation is not available unless the running day is set.)
<Example> "B" pattern, Tuesday

The timer is changed to the setting mode, the "SET" indication is turned on and the "W" mark
are flickered.

The right figure shows the case of selecting the set pattern "B"
3. Select the running day by depressing the "DAY" switch.

Refer to 3. of "Setting ON/OFF Time" for the indication of the "W" mark.
The right figure shows the case of selecting the day "Tuesday".
4. Depress the "RUN DAY" switch, the selected day is set as the running day and the "z"
mark is turned on at the selected day.
By depressing the "RUN DAY" switch again, the running day setting is canceled and the "z"
mark is turned off.
5. Depress the "SET/MONITOR"

9.4.5. SETTING HOLIDAY

<Function> To cancel the running schedule temporarily.
The schedule operation is canceled only once at the day set as "holiday". After that, the
schedule operation is available again. This function is used in case that there are any
irregular holidays.
(<Example> "B" pattern, Tuesday
The timer is changed to the setting mode, the "SET" indication is turned on and the "W" mark
are flickered.

The right figure shows the case of selecting the set pattern "B"
3. Select the day to be set as "holiday" by depressing the "DAY" switch.

Refer to 3. "Setting ON/OFF Time" for the indication of the "W" mark.
4. Depress the "HOLIDAY" switch, the "HOLI" indication is turned on and the selected
day is set as "holiday".
In the case that the selected day is not set as running day the "z" mark is turned off. The
holiday setting is not available for the day. (In case that all days of a week are selected, only
the running day is set as "holiday").
By depressing the "HOLIDAY" switch again, the holiday setting is canceled.
5. Depress the "SET/MONITOR"

In case of setting the present day as "holiday", the "holiday" setting is available from that time
and the schedule operation is canceled until the next day. In that case, the same day after a
week is not "holiday". ATTENTION:
9.4.6. CHECKING CONTENTS OF SETTING

1. Depress the "DAY" switch at the monitor mode (when the "SET" indication is turned off),
the "W" mark moves and the setting contents of the day with the "W" mark is indicated.
CAUTION: CAUTION:
The control timer has a built-in back-up battery and It may take approximately 15 seconds to start (or stop)
the clock function is available within 2 weeks in case operation after ON time (or OFF time) according to the
of power failure. controller used together.
If the power failure continues more than 2 weeks, set The operation can not be started or stopped during
the present time again. the setting mode condition.
The RUN indicator is turned on at ON time and turned After the completion of setting, set the Timer at the
off at OFF time. monitor mode. (After 3 minutes with leaving the Timer
In case that the indoor unit operation is started or at the setting mode, the Timer is changed to the
stopped by the remote control switch or the central monitor mode automatically.)
station used together with the timer, the RUN indicator In the case that the Timer is used with the central
is not changed. station (PSC-5S), the setting by the central station is
The flickering of the RUN indicator shows the required. Refer to next chapter 9.5 and chapter 4.3
abnormal condition of the Timer. (SMGB0033) of Installation of central Station for more
Check to ensure that the wiring connection and the details.
setting of dip switches are correct.
In the case that the RUN indicator is still flickered after
checking, contact your distributor or dealer of
HITACHI.
9.5 OPTIONAL CENTRAL STATION (PSC-5S)
Temperature Setting Switch

This Switch is not used
Check Switch
By depressing this switch, "CHECK" is indicated and
Master or Slave unit can be set. See sub-chapter 16.3.5
for more details.
RESET Switch
By depressing this switch, the CHECK function is
canceled. The "FILTER" indication can be turned off
too.
Group Selection Switch
By depressing this switch, the group number to be
controlled is changed from 01 to 16. After 16, AA is
shown, and then all the units are controlled
simultaneously. Depressing again 01 is shown and
sequence is started
CHECK, FILTER, RMT. SW NAVAL and ABNML
indication
"CHECK" is indicated when that Switch is depressed.
"FILTER" is indicated when one or more units of the
Model: PSC-5S same group have the filter clogging.
"RMT.SW NAVAL" is indicated when that switch is
depressed.
Indication of Fan speed "ABNML" is indicated when one or more units of the
It indicates the fan speed selected to group shown: same group selected have an abnormal condition.
High/Medium/Low
TEMPERATURE indication
Mode Indication
TIMER, DEMAND, EMERGENCY and NO FUNCTION
It indicates the operation Mode selected to group
shown: Fan, Cool, Heat and Dry. indication
Auto is available if this function is activated "TIMER" is indicated when that switch is depressed.
"DEMAND" is indicated when the demand input is set
Run indicator (Red Lamp) by the outside input function.
"EMERGENCY" is indicated when the emergency stop
RUN/STOP Switch
signal is input from the outside input function.
Operation Status of each unit is changed, ON/OFF
"NO FUNCTION" is indicated when switch depressed is
Operation mode Selection Switch not available
FAN, COOL, HEAT, DRY
Group Operation
Fan Speed Selection Switch The "" mark shows the operation conditions of each
HIGH, MEDIUM, LOW group.
" " OFF is Stop,
Timer Selection Switch
"" ON is Operation and Flickering is abnormality.
By depressing this switch, the signal from the Control
Timer (PSC-5T) schedule is available and the "TIMER"
indication is turned on. Depressing again "TIMER" is Group Number Indication
turned off and schedule is not available.
Check Model Number indication
RMT.SW AVL/NAVL Switch
Swing Louver Indication
By depressing this switch, control by each Remote
Control is prohibited or not.
When "RMT.SW NAVAL" is indicated Remote Control
Switch is prohibited.
NOTE:
When monitoring mode is selected, the above
mentioned operation modes and setting
temperature are indicated.
LOUVER (Swing Louver Operation) Switch
By depressing this switch the swing louver position or When opening the cover, pull the cover toward the
operation is selected arrow direction
9.5.1. GROUP SELECTION AND MONITORING UNIT OPERATION STATUS

The central station can control up to 16 groups by each group or simultaneously.
(The selected groups can be operated and the unit operation status of the groups can be
monitored).
NOTE:
The group number is changed by depressing the "GROUP" switch. The group without
setting is not indicated.
1. Supply power to the unit
ATTENTION
Supply power to the unit more than 12 hours before unit operation for compressor
protection.
Do not cut off power during the term of using air conditioner
2. Depress the "GROUP" switch.

Every time the "GROUP" switch is depressed, the group number to be controlled is changed
in the order as shown below. In case of "AA", all the units are controlled simultaneously.
3. When selecting the group, the setting conditions of each group are indicated.
By operating by the remote control switch, the content of the setting is indicated.
1~16 Show the operating conditions of each group as follows;
Turned OFF ( ): Stop
Turned ON (): Operation
Flickering ( ): Abnormality
The Run indicator (Red Lamp) shows the following:

Turned OFF: All Groups Stop
Turned ON: More than 1 Group in Operation
Flickering: More than 1 Group in Abnormal Condition.
In case of group AA, the indications (operation mode, setting temperature, air flow, louver
angle and "RMT.SW NAVL" are indicated only when all groups are in the same setting.
NOTE:
The indication of setting temperature " " shows no setting of temperature.
9.5.2. SETTING OF OPERATION MODE

<FUNCTION>
"COOL" Operation: To cool the room temperature by distributing the cooled air.
"HEAT" Operation: To heat the room temperature by distributing the heated air.
"DRY" Operation: To dehumidify more than standard cooling operation.
"FAN" Operation: To circulate the room air.
1. Depress the "GROUP" switch and select the group.

(Refer to item 2 of "A. Group Selection and Monitoring Unit Operation Status" in previous
page.)
The right figure shows the case of selecting group 4
2. Depress the "MODE" switch.

The operation mode is changed in the followingn order.
FAN COOL HEAT DRY
NOTE:
- The above indications show the case of setting operation mode for group 4.
The same setting procedure shall be performed for other groups. In case of the same setting for all groups, select the
group number of "AA".
- Some operation modes can not be set according to the unit model. Contact to HITACHI dealer or your distributor for
details.
- The operation mode can be set while the unit is stopped or in operation.
9.5.3. SETTING OF TEMPERATURE, FAN SPEED AND LOUVER ANGLE
NOTE:
- Do not touch the "CHECK" switch. The "CHECK" switch is only for service use.
- When the "CHECK" switch is depressed by a mistake and the central station is changed to
the check mode, depress the "RESET" switch to cancel.
(Refer to item 2 of "A. Group Selection and Monitoring Unit Operation Status" in previous
page)
<TEMPERATURE>
Set temperature by depressing "TEMP" switch.
Depressing " " switch, the temperature is increased by 1 C (Maximum: 30 C).
Depressing " " switch, the temperature is decreased by 1 C (Minimum: 19 C, for Cool,
Dry and Fan mode, and 17 C for Heat mode).
When depressing for 3 seconds at set temperature at 30 C, or depressing for 3
seconds at the minimum temperature, the temperature is not set and the indication of setting
temperature is "--". In this case, depress or , the indication of setting temperature
returns to the minimum temperature or 30C.
The right figure shows the case of setting 22 C
NOTE:
The examples show the setting range for standard model. The setting range may be
different according to the connected unit model.
<FAN SPEED>
Depress the "FAN SPEED" switch. By depressing the "FAN SPEED" switch, the indication is
changed in the following order:
HIGH MED LOW
The right figure shows the case of setting "HIGH" speed.
NOTE:
In case of dry operation, the fan speed is automatically changed and fixed at the "LOW"
fan speed. In this case, the fan speed can not be changed (The indication remains at the
setting condition).
<LOUVER ANGLE>
Depress the "AUTO LOUVER" switch.
Every time the "AUTO LOUVER" switch is depressed, the indication of the louver angle is
changed.
Depress the "AUTO LOUVER" switch at the position of , the indication is changed to
and this indication indicates the auto-swing. Depress the "AUTO LOUVER" switch again,
the indication is turned to

The right figure shows the case of setting auto.swing
NOTE:
The same setting procedure shall be performed for other groups. In case of the same setting for all groups, select the
group number of "AA"
- The temperature, fan speed and louver angle can be set while the unit is stopped or in operation.
In the Case of 4-Way Cassette Type (Example)
NOTE: Indication
- The fixing angle of the louver shown beside is the
Appro Appro Appro Appro Appro Appro Appro
case of 4-way cassette type Indoor Unit. The fixing Louver Angle x. x. x. x. x. x. x.
angle is different according to unit model. Refer to (approx.) 20 25 30 35 45 55 70
Angle Range
the operation manual of each model for details. Cooling / Dry
- There exists a time lag between the indicated louver Angle Range
position on LCD and the actual louver angle in Heating

operation.
Therefore, when fixing the louver, set the angle :Recommended Angle
according to the indicated louver angle on LCD.
- When the "AUTO LOUVER" switch is depressed, the
louver may not stop immediately.
ATTENTION:
The louver angle is automatically changed during heating operation for unit control.
When heating operation is started When the discharged air

temperature is increased over
When dry operation is started The louver angle is
30C, the louver angle
When temperature controller is automatically changed.
automatically return to the set
activated position.
The LCD indication remains at the setting condition.

9.5.4. UNIT OPERATION

(Refer to item 2 of "Group Selection and Monitoring Unit Operation Status" in previous pages
2. Depress the "RUN/STOP" switch.

In case that the selected group is in operation, the group is stopped by depressing
"RUN/STOP" switch.
In case that the selected group is not in operation, the group is started by depressing
"RUN/STOP" switch.
In case of group "AA", depress "RUN/STOP" switch, and;
a. All the groups are stopped. (When all the groups are stopped (RUN lamp is OFF))
b. All the groups are started operation. (When more than 1 group is in operation (RUN lamp
is ON)).
NOTE:
- The same setting procedure shall be performed for other groups. In case of the
simultaneous operation for all groups, select the group number "AA".
9.5.5. PROHIBITING OPERATION BY REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

<FUNCTION>
To prohibit the operation by the remote control switch.
When this function is available, the "CENTRAL" indication appears on the LCD on the remote
control switch and the operation by the remote control switch is not available.
(Refer to item 2 "Group Selection and Monitoring Unit Operation Status" in previous pages)
2. Depress the "RNT.SW NAVL" switch.

Every time the "RMT. SW NAVL" switch is depressed, the "RMT. SW NAVL" indication is
turned ON and OFF alternately.
The above indications show the case of setting operation mode for group 4.
The same setting procedure shall be performed for other groups. In case of the same
setting for all groups, select the group number of "AA".
Although the "RMT. SW NAVL" function is set, in case of operation by the central station,
the unit can be stopped by the remote control switch, and in this case, the unit can be
started again by the remote control switch.
For the unit without remote control switch, the "RMT. SW NAVL" function shall be set. ATTENTION
In case of using together with other controllers, do not set the "RMT. SW NAVL" function.
Additionally, do not set "RMT. SW NAVL" function by other controller or the malfunction
may occur.
In case of no setting of temperature ("--"), the temperature can be set by the remote control
switch during the "RMT. SW NAVL" function is available.
9.5.6. TIMER OPERATION

<FUNCTION>
To set the schedule operation "available" or "not available" by the signal from the control
timer in case of connection with the control timer (PSC-5T; Option).
The schedule operation can be set "available" or "not available" individually for each unit,
however, the operation schedule is all the same.

(Refer to item 2 of "Group Selection and Monitoring Unit Operation Status" in previous pages)
The right figure shows the case of selecting group 4.
2. Depress the "TIMER" switch.

Every time the "TIMER" switch is depressed, the "TIMER" indication is turned ON and OFF
alternately. The group with timer setting is operated according to setting by the signal from
the control timer.
The right figure shows the case of setting timer operation
NOTE:
- The same setting procedure shall be performed for other groups. In case of the
simultaneous operation for all groups, select the group number "AA".
9.5.7. OTHER LDC INDICATIONS

<EMERGENCY>
The "EMERGENCY" is indicated when the emergency stop signal is input by the outside
input function.
During the emergency stoppage, indoor units are stopped and the operation by the remote
control switch is not available.
Contact your distributor or dealer of HITACHI for details.
<DEMAND>
The "DEMAND" is indicated when the demand input is set by the outside input function.
The indication is indicated for the group with demand setting and the "DEMAND" indication
flickers when the demand signal is input.
Contact your distributor or dealer of HITACHI for details.
<FILTER>
Filter Clogging:
When the " FILTER" indicator is indicated, it shows that the air filter of the indoor unit is
clogged. Clean the air filter. After cleaning, depress the "RESET" switch and the "FILTER"
indication is turned OFF.
9.5.8. INDICATION IN ABNORMAL CONDITIONS
<ABNORMAL> Ref. No. I.U. Add.

The Run Lamp (Red Lamp) is flickered when there is a group in abnormal condition.
The "ALARM" is indicated on the LCD.
The "" indication of the group in abnormal condition is flickered.
Depress the "GROUP" switch and select the group with alarm, the indication of unit No.
model code, alarm code and the normal indication is repeatedly indicated (There is a case Model Code Alarm Code
that the model code may not be indicated according to the unit model).
In case that multiple units are in abnormal conditions, the above indication is indicated by
turns.
Check the contents of LCD indication and contact your distributor or dealer of HITACHI for
details.
<POWER FAILURE>
All the indications are disappeared.
In case of unit stoppage due to the power failure, the unit is not started again after the
power recovery. Perform the starting operation again.
In case of instant power failure within 2 seconds, the unit is automatically started again.
<ELECTRICAL NOISE>
All the indications are disappeared, and the unit operation may be stopped for the device
protection due to the electrical noise. Perform the starting operation again.
9.6 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR RCS

9.6.1. REMOTE CONTROL CABLE (PRC-10E1~PRC-30E1)
For PC-P1HE, PSC-5S, PC-P5H and PC-RLH8/9/11
Connect a control twisted cable (0.75 mm 2 wires) in the

field, with soldering, or use an optional extension remote
control cable. For the details of the optional remote control
cable, refer to the following table:
Model Length (m) Type of Cable Specifications
PRC-10E1 10 TPC
Diameter 5 Beige Colour Diameter 1.32
(2 Twisted Wires) (0.18 12 Wires)
PRC-15E1 15 TPC
PRC-20E1 20 TPC
Remote Control
Indoor Unit PCB Side
A B Switch Side
*PRC-30E1 30 TPC
Wire Colour Black White
*:Production is started after receipt of orders.

TPC: Twisted Pair Cable
9.6.2. 3P CONNECTOR CABLE
This connector is utilized when the remote ON/OFF device is

connected or signals are taken out on the printed circuit
boards of indoor and outdoor units.
Model Name Application Able to connect Remarks

Optional functions of Outdoor One set contains five 3P
PCC-1A 3P Connector cable JST connector XARP-3
Unit PCB connector cables
REFRIGERANT PIPING AND REFRIGERANT CHARGE 10/1
10 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND REFRIGERANT CHARGE

This chapter describes the way to connect and the way to change the refrigerant quantity in the system for the new Hitachi
UTOPIA G8 Series.
CONTENTS
10 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND REFRIGERANT CHARGE __________________________ 1

10.1. Piping Materials___________________________________________________________ 2
10.2. Three principles on Refrigerant Piping Work ____________________________________ 3
10.3. Suspension of Refrigerant Piping _____________________________________________ 4
10.4. Piping connection for RCI Unit _______________________________________________ 4
10.5. Piping Connection for RCD Unit______________________________________________ 4
10.6. Piping connection for RPC Unit_______________________________________________ 5
10.7. Piping connection for RPI Unit _______________________________________________ 6
10.8. Piping connection for RPK Unit_______________________________________________ 7
10.9. Piping connection for RPF and RPFI Units ______________________________________ 7
10.10. Piping connection for RAS UTOPIA Outdoor Unit_________________________________ 8
10.11. Piping connection for RAS - UTOPIA BIG Outdoor Unit ____________________________ 9
10.12. Piping connection for RASC - Centrifugal Outdoor Unit ___________________________ 10
10.13. Piping and Refrigerant Charge ______________________________________________ 11
10.13.1. Refrigerant Piping Length __________________________________________________ 11
10.13.2. Refrigerant piping selection _________________________________________________ 12
10.13.3. Twin, Triple and Quad System Installation _____________________________________ 13
10.13.4. Branch pipes ____________________________________________________________ 14
10.13.5. Tightening Flare Nuts________________________________Error!Marcador no definido.
10.13.6. Brazing Work ____________________________________________________________ 15
10.13.7. Flushing Refrigerant Pipes__________________________________________________ 16
10.13.8. Air Tight Presure Test _____________________________________________________ 16
10.13.9. Vacuum Drying___________________________________________________________ 17
10.13.10. Refrigerant Charge Procedure _______________________________________________ 18
10.14. Refrigerant Charging Quantity ______________________________________________ 19
10.14.1. Single system____________________________________________________________ 19
10.14.2. Twin, Triple and Quad System_______________________________________________ 19
10/2 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND REFRIGERANT CHARGE
10.1. PIPING MATERIALS
1. Prepare locally-supplied copper pipes.

2. Select the piping size with the correct thickness and NOTE:
correct material which can have sufficient pressure A system with no moisture or oil contamination will
strength, considering that R407c pressure is higher than give maximum performance and lifecycle compared to
R22. The sub-chapter 10.13 shows the required pipe. that of a poorly prepared system. Take particular care
to ensure all copper piping is clean and dry internally.
3. Select clean copper pipes. Make sure there is not dust
and moisture inside. Blow the inside of the pipes with
oxygen free nitrogen to remove any dust and foreign
materials before connecting pipes.
4. After connecting the refrigerant piping, seal the open
space between Knockout hole and refrigerant pipes by
CAUTION:
- Cap the end of the pipe when pipe is to be inserted
using insulation material as shown bellow: through a hole
5. It is recomended Insulate the unions and flare-nuts at the - Do not put pipes on the ground directly without a cap
piping connections completely. Cover the liquid piping or vinyl tape at the end of the pipe
and gas piping with field-supplied thermal insulator
completely to avoid decreasing of performance and
dewing on the surface of the pipe.
Correct Incorrect
Insulation material
Field-Supplied
Unit Refrigeration Pipe
Side
- If piping installation is not completed until next day or
over a longer period of time, braze off the ends of the
piping and charge with oxygen free nitrogen through a
Insulation material Schrader valve type access fitting to prevent moisture
Insulation material and particle contamination.
- Do not use insulation material that contents NH3
because can damage cooper pipe material and can be
a source of future leakage
10.2. THREE PRINCIPLES ON REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
In case of the refrigeration cycle with new refrigerant Due to this reason, pay much careful attention to basic
R407C, refrigeration oil should be of synthetic type. piping work control to avoid infiltration of moisture or dusts
Therefore, the oil absorbs moisture quickly when compared during refrigerant piping work.
with R22 systems and it will cause sludge and oxidation of
the oil.
Three Principles Cause of failure Presumable Failure Preventive Action

1. Dry Water Infiltration due to insufficient Icing Inside Tube at Ex. Valve Pipe Protection
Keep good dryness protection at pipe ends. (Water Choking)
Dewing inside of Pipes
Insufficient Vacuum Pumping Time + 1 Pinching
2 Taping
Flushing
Generation of Hydration and
Oxidation of Oil

Vacuum Drying
Clogged Strainer, etc., Insulation One gram of water turns into gas
Failure and Compressor Failure (approx. 1000 lrs) at 1 Torr.
Therefore, it takes long time to
vacuum-pump by a small vacuum
pump
2. Clean Infiltration of Dusts, etc. from Tube Clogging of Ex. Valve, Capillary Pipe Protection
No dusts Inside of Ends Tube and Filter 1 Mounting Caps
Pipes Oxidation Film during Brazing without
Blowing Nitrogen
Insufficient Flushing by Nitrogen after
Oxidation of Oil
Compressor Failure
2 Taping
3 Pinching
Brazing
Flushing
Insufficient Cooling or Heating

Compressor Failure
3. No leakage Brazing Failure Refrigerant Composition Change, Careful Basic Brazing Work
No leakage shall Failed Flaring Work and Insufficient Refrigerant Shortage
exist Torque of Squeezing Flare
Insufficient Torque of Squeezing
Performance Decrease
Oxidation of Oil

Flanges Overheating of Compressor Basic Flaring Work

Basic Flange Connecting Work
Insufficient Cooling or Heating
Compressor Failure
Air Tight Test

Holding of Vacuum
ATTENTION:
It is recomended to use drier filter for more safety. The
filter will absorve the remaining moisture inside
refrigerant cycle after finish all vacuum process
indicated in this chapter
Install the field supplied filter drier in the liquid line.

10.3. SUSPENSION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING
Suspend the refrigerant piping at certain points and prevent Do not fix the refrigerant piping directly with the metal fittings
the refrigerant piping from touching the weak part of the (The refrigerant piping may expand and contract).
building such as wall, ceiling, etc Some examples for suspension method are shown below.
(If touched, abnormal sound may occur due to the vibration
of the piping. Pay special attention in case of short piping For Suspending For Piping Along The For Instant Installation
length). Heavies Wall Work
1~15m
Fire-Proof
Section
Treatment
Indoor Unit
10.4. PIPING CONNECTION FOR RCI UNIT
Position of piping connection is the following, which is Piping size

available from all directions, top, left or right.
o Gas Piping p Liquid Piping
RCI-1.5 12.70 (1/2)
6.35 (1/4)
RCI-2.0
15.88 (5/8)
RCI-(2.5/3.0/3.5)
9.53 (3/8)
RCI-(4.0/5.0/6.0) 19.05 (3/4)
10.5. PIPING CONNECTION FOR RCD UNIT

Piping size
o Gas Piping p Liquid Piping

RCD-1.5 12.7 (1/2)
6.35 (1/4)
RCD-2.0
15.88 (5/8)
RCD-2.5/3.0
9.53 (3/8)
RCD-4.0/5.0 19.05 (3/4)
10.6. PIPING CONNECTION FOR RPC UNIT
Piping Position 3. Push up and slide the air inlet grilles to the rear side.
The refrigerant piping can be connected to some one of 2 Unit
directions of the indoor unit: upper or rear side, when
facing the unit.
Rear Side
- The positions of piping are shown below
d Open
- Each direction has the prepared knockout hole as e Push
shown in piping work sub-chapter.
- Cut the knockout hole for the required direction.
Air Inlet Grille

Liquid piping
Gas Piping
After select the piping direction proceeded to knockout

selected hole, install pipes and seal the piping with the
factory supplied insulation as indicated below
Drain Piping
Drain Piping
Upper Side
Gas Piping Liquid Piping 1. Knockout hole
RPC-2.0 6.35 (1/4)
15.88 (5/8)
RPC-(2.5/3.0/3.5) Liquid Piping
9.53 (3/8)
RPC-(4.0/5.0/6.0) 19.05 (3/4)
Open the Knockout hole Gas Piping
Piping Work Installation 50
Piping work should be performed from the bottom side of Open the
the unit. Remove the air inlet grille before beginning the Knockout hole
155
piping work, according to the following steps:
1. Slide the Knobs to the rear side.
2. Seal piping
c Slide
Knob M4 screw
Sealing Plate
Refrigerant Piping
A
Sealing Plate
2. Open the air inlet grille B
Sealing with insulation
Sec. A-B
Air Inlet Grille

Rear Side 2. Seal Piping

1. Knockout hole
Factory-Supplied
Sealing Plate
(0.8x118x142 mm)
Knockout
Refrigerant Gas Piping
M4 Screw P Refrigerant Liquid Piping

Seal with
Sealing Plate insulation
83
38
54
95 P M4 Screw
125 Sec. P-P
*145
10.7. PIPING CONNECTION FOR RPI UNIT
Position of piping connection is the following:

NOTE:
RPI (1.5) When installing pipes, make sure that enough space is
provided for servicing the electrical box.
Drain Pipe
Keep electrical box and drain pipe access free of piping.
Option 1
Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe
RPI (2.0~6.0)
Liquid Pipe
Drain Pipe
Option 2
Gas Pipe
RPI (8 - 10)
Electrical
Connection
Gas Pipe
Liquid Pipe
(30 Draining) Drain Pipe
Piping size
Gas Piping Liquid Piping
RPI-1.5 12.7 (1/2)
6.35 (1/4)
RPI-2.0
15.88 (5/8)
RPI-2.5/3.0/3.5
9.53 (3/8)
RPI-4.0/5.0/6.0 19.05 (3/4)
RPI-8HG7E 12.7 (1/2)
28.6 (1 1/8)
RPI-10HG7E 15.88 (5/8)
10.8. PIPING CONNECTION FOR RPK UNIT
Piping Direction for the Indoor Unit: When bending the tubes, firmly fix the tube at the heat
exchanger side.
Three directions of piping connection to the indoor unit
can be performed; rear side, right side and left side of the RPK-1.5 ~ 3.5
unit, respectively. Therefore, most appropriate piping for Contour of the Unit
a room can be selected. L3
For Left Side

Piping Insulation For Right Side Piping
Right Side
Cover
1. Right Side Piping
Cut the corner using a Plastic Cutter L2
L1
plastic cutter as shown
below and remove sharp For Rear Side Piping
edges completely.
Cut this corner

2. Left Side Piping Left Side
RPK-1.5 12.7 (1/2)
Cut the corner at the left
Cover Right 6.35 (1/4)
Side RPI-2.0
side using a plastic cutter 15.88 (5/8)
Cover RPI-2.5/3.0/3.5 9.53 (3/8)
as for the right side
piping.
Model RPK HP L1 L2 L3
Right Side Cover 1.5 410 268 142
Gas Piping 2.0 440 298 142
3. Rear Side Piping
Make a hole by removing 2.5~3.5 550 645 125
the knock-out plate at the 1.5~2.0 470 328 142
rear side. Liquid Piping
2.5~3.5 480 575 125
CAUTION:
Do not twist the pipe when bending the tube.
10.9. PIPING CONNECTION FOR RPF AND RPFI UNITS

Units mm (in
Piping Connection of RPF Piping Connection of RPFI

RPF(I)-1.0
12.7 (1/2)
RPF(I)-1.5 6.35 (1/4)
RPF(I)-2.0
15.88 (5/8)
RPF(I)-2.5 9.53 (3/8)
10.10. PIPING CONNECTION FOR RAS UTOPIA OUTDOOR UNIT
1 The pipes can be connected from 4 directions. Make 4 Operation of stop valve should be performed according to
holes in the piping cover or cabinet for taking out pipes. the figure below:
Take the piping cover away from the unit, and make
holes by cutting along the guideline at the rear of the CAP
Closed before
Tighten the cap with
cover or punching with a driver. Remove the burr with a a torque of 6 Nm
shipment
cutter. Spindle Valve
Counterclockwise
Check joint Open
(Only the Charging those Clockwise
can be connected)
Hex 1
Tighten Torque A
Refrigerant
From Rear Side
Pressure
(knockout Hole)
Seat surface
Direction for PipingCover
(Fully closed position)
removing From Front Side O-Ring
Service Cover From Bottom (rubber)
(Knock out Hole)
CAP CAP
From Right Side Tighten the cap with
(Cut with Tighten the cap with
a cutter) a torque of C a torque of B
Stop Valve
Field supplied
Refrigerant Piping
2 Mount the piping cover in order to avoid water from

entering into the unit. Seal the holes where pipes and
wires are inserted, by using the insulator and rubber
See tighten torque in the next table
bushes as shown below.
Tighten torque Size
Valve (RAS-) (Nm) (mm)
A B C Hex1
Piping Cover Make sure that no space
around the pipes exists by Liquid (2 HP) 20 5
winding insulator 9 22
Liquid (2.5~6HP) 40 4
Gas (2~3.5HP) 13 52 80 5
Gas (4~6HP) 18 60 100 8
Gas piping
CAUTION:
Liquid piping
For Power Source - Do not apply force to the spindle valve at the end of
and Control Circuit
opening (5 Nm or smaller). The back seat construction
Cross cut the centre of the rubber bushes is not provided.
by a cutter and insert the wires (not
necessary when conduit tubes are used) - At the test run, fully open the spindle. If not fully
opened, the devices will be damaged.
3 If the field-supplied piping is connected with stop valves

directly, it is recommended that a tube bender be used.
10.11. PIPING CONNECTION FOR RAS - UTOPIA BIG OUTDOOR UNIT
1 Remove the service cover as shown in fig. below before 4 The pipes can be connected from 3 directions, as shown
piping connection. below.
Remove fixing screws on the lower position (4 pieces)

and the upper (3 pieces) position.
Slightly lift the lower side of the service cover upward,
then slowly pull the lower side forward to the front
side.
Front Side
Remove the service cover by pulling down slowly
Service Cover
Stopper
Square Hole
Bottom
Base
Bottom Side Rear Side
Hold this part
Removing Method of Service Cover Direction of Piping Connection.
2 Position of connecting pipes to the Outdoor unit. NOTE:

After piping connection, fix the pipes by the attaching
Refrigerant Liquid
plate at the bottom base.
Piping Connection
Refrigerant Liquid
Refrigerant Gas
Piping Connection
Piping Connection
Refrigerant Gas
Piping Connection
Refrigerant piping connection
3 For gas pipe connection use the factory supplied Flange

Pipe.
Inner Diameter 28.8 mm
Factory supplied Flange Pipe

6 Operation of stop valve should be performed according to See tighten torque in the next table
the figure below:
Tighten torque Size
CAP Valve (RAS-) (Nm) (mm)
Closed before
shipment A B C D Hex1
a torque of D
Spindle Valve Liquid (8 HP) 8 30 60 9
Counterclockwise 5
Check joint Open
Liquid (10 HP) 13 52 80 6
(Only the Charging those Clockwise
can be connected) Gas (8 HP)
Hex 1 25 25 25 10
Tighten Torque A Gas (10 HP)
Refrigerant
Pressure
CAUTION:
Seat surface - Do not apply force to the spindle valve at the end of
(Fully closed position)
O-Ring opening (5 Nm or smaller). The back seat construction
CAP (rubber) CAP is not provided.
Tighten the cap with Tighten the cap with
a torque of C a torque of B - Do not loosen the stop ring. If the stop ring is
Field supplied loosened, it is dangerous, since the spindle will hop
Refrigerant Piping
out.
- At the test run, fully open the spindle. If not fully
10.12. PIPING CONNECTION FOR RASC - CENTRIFUGAL OUTDOOR UNIT
1. Stop Valve are located on rear exterior side of unit. 3. Operation of stop valve should be performed according
Before connect refrigerant piping protection cover of stop to the next figure:
valve must be removed.
Closed before
CAP
shipment
Stop Valve for a torque of 2 Nm
gas line Check joint Spindle Valve
(Only the Charging those Counterclockwise
can be connected) Open
Stop Valve Clockwise
for liquid line Close Hex 1
Tighten Torque A
Refrigerant
Pressure
Seat surface
(Fully closed position) CAP
CAP O-Ring a torque of B
Tighten the cap with (rubber)
a torque of C
Field supplied
2. If the field-supplied piping is connected with stop valves Refrigerant Piping
directly, it is recommended that a tube bender will be
used
See tighten torque in the next table
Tighten torque Size

Valve (RASC-) (Nm) (mm)
A B C 1
Liquid (5 HP) 4 5 34 4
Gas (5 HP) 34 6 82 6
CAUTION:
- Do not apply force to the spindle valve at the end of
opening (5 Nm or smaller). The back seat construction
is not provided.
- At the test run, fully open the spindle. If not fully
10.13. PIPING AND REFRIGERANT CHARGE
10.13.1. REFRIGERANT PIPING LENGTH
The refrigerant piping between the indoor unit and the

outdoor unit should be designed using the following chart.
Keep the design point within the dark area of the chart,
which is showing the applicable height difference according
to piping length.
Piping length specification
When the
Outdoor unit is
installed higher
than Indoor Unit
When the
Outdoor unit is
installed lower
than Indoor Unit
The possible combination between Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit are the following:
Single System Twin system
Distributor
L= A + Longest of B & C
Triple system Quad System
Distributor for
Distributor for
Quad
triple
L= A + Longest of B, C & D L= A + Longest of B, C, D & E

- Piping length after branch pipe (B,C,D & E):

NOTE: 1. After branch pipe B,C, D & E, the pipe length
- L&H are the length & Height indicated in the above
should be shorter than 10 m.
chart.
2. All branch pipe, B, C, D & E (it depens of case),
- For twin, triple and Quad, the length is the distance
should be balanced, the difference between them
between the outdoor unit and the farther Indoor Unit
cannot be bigger than indicated in the table bellow
Twin B & C difference 8m

Mark Maximum Piping Length
All Actual piping length 50 m (30m) Triple B, C & D difference 6m
L(*)
Units Equivalent piping length 70 m (50m) Quad B, C, D & E difference 4m
(*): For 2 & 2.5 HP length is indicate in ( ).
10.13.2. REFRIGERANT PIPING SELECTION

Select the piping connection sizes according to the
following procedures:
- Between Outdoor Unit and Branch Pipe (A or L):

Select the same pipe connection size as the pipe
size of the Outdoor Unit
- Between Branch Pipe (B, C, D & E) and Indoor Unit
Select the same pipe connection size as the pipe
size of the Indoor Unit
Piping connection size of Outdoor Unit, Indoor Unit &

Branch Pipe
Outdoor Liquid Branch Pipe

Gas piping
Unit piping
Size A Twin Triple Quad
HP Size A
2.0 15.88 (5/8) 6.35 (1/4) - - -
2.5 15.88 (5/8) 9.53 (3/8) - - -
UTOPIA &
3.0 15.88 (5/8) 9.53 (3/8) TE-03 - -
UTOPIA BIG
3.5 15.88 (5/8) 9.53 (3/8) - - -
series
4.0 19.05 (3/4) 9.53 (3/8) TE-04 - -
5.0 19.05 (3/4) 9.53 (3/8) TE-56 - -
6.0 19.05 (3/4) 9.53 (3/8) TE-56 TRE-06 -
8.0 28.6 (1-1/8) 12.7 (1/2) TE-08 QE-810
10.0 28.6 (1-1/8) 15.88 (5/8) TE-10 QE-810
10.13.3. TWIN, TRIPLE AND QUAD SYSTEM

INSTALLATION NOTE:
Fix the piping from outside of insulation or inserting
Height Difference Between Indoor Units and Branch
absorber between the pipe and a fixing metal.
Pipe
3. Correct position of Twin Branch Pipe
Install all indoor units at the same height. When the
height difference between the indoor units due to
building construction is necessary, this should be less This is the correct position of twin Branch Pipe:
than 0.5 meters. Install the branch pipe at the same Up
height of indoor units or lower, but never higher.
Branch Pipe
Refrigerant
Greater direction
Sample: Twin system than 0.5 m Main Pipe Down Main Pipe
Indoor Unit
Refrigerant direction
Height Difference
Between Two Indoors. Branch Pipe
Smaller than 0,5 m
Indoor Unit This is wrong position.

Refrigerant direction
Smaller than 0.01m Up
Main Pipe Main Pipe
Refrigerant
direction
Installing Branch Pipe
Branch Pipe Branch Pipe Branch Pipe
1. Install the Branch Pipe supplied by HITACHI on request Down
(not included in the delivery).
A tee can not be installed instead of a Branch Pipe.
Sample: Twin System

4. Correct position of Triple & Quad Branch Pipe.
This is the correct position:
Install the header horizontally
Sample: Triple Branch pipe
2. Installing the Branch Pipe. Gas piping
Fix the Branch Pipe horizontally to the pillar, wall or

ceiling. Piping must not be fixed rigidly to the wall as
thermal expansion and contraction can cause pipe
fracture. Liquid piping
Sample: Twin System

Horizontal To Indoor Unit Horizontal
To Indoor
Unit Vertical
Horizontal
To Outdoor Unit Fixing the distributor to the Fixing the distributor

surface of Pillar or Wall to Ceiling or Beam
10.13.4. BRANCH PIPES
GAS LINE LIQUID LINE

TE-03
TE-04
TE-56
TE-08
TE-10
TRE-06
QE-810
10.13.5. TIGHTENING FLARE NUTS
d1
1. Flaring connections (smaller than a diameter of
19.05) are generally used. However, if incorrect
flaring is performed, it will cause serious refrigerant
leakage. a
2 Shape after Flaring, it should be rectangular and flat, Cooper Cooper
and no uneven thickness, cracks and scratches should Tube d1 Gap a Tube d1 Gap a
exist. Size Size
+0.08 +0.1 0.33 +0.09 +0.1 0.39
6.35 6.5 6 22.22 22.42 10
-0.08 0 0.07 -0.09 0 0.11
Nominal Tube Dia. Dimension 90 2
+0.08 +0.1 0.35 +0.12 +0.1 0.42
Dia. d +0.0 45 2
A -0.4 9.53 9.7 8 25.4 25.6 12
-0.08 0 0.09 -0.12 0 0.08
1/4 6.35 9.00 +0.08 +0.1 0.38 +0.12 +0.1 0.42
0.4-
3/8 9.52 13.00 0 8R 12.7 12.9 8 28.58 28.78 12
1/2 12.70 16.20 -0.08 0 0.19 -0.12 0 0.08
5/8 15.88 19.40 d +0.09 +0.1 0.41 +0.12 +0.1 0.47
3/4 19.05 23.30 15.88 16.1 8 31.75 32.0 12
A
-0.09 0 0.13 -0.12 0 0.13
+0.09 +0.1 0.44 +0.12 +0.1 0.52
When tightening the flare nuts, use two spanners, as shown
19.05 19.3 10 38.1 38.3 14
in the figure.
-0.09 0 0.16 -0.12 0 0.18
A basic brazing method is shown below.
2. Heat the outer tube

evenly, resulting in good
flow of filler metal 1. Heat inner side tube evenly.
Rubber Plug
The required tightening torque is as follows:
Packless Valve
Tightening
Pipe Size
Torque (Nm)
6.35 mm 20 High Pr. Hose
Nitrogen Gas Flow
9.53 mm 40 0.05 m/h or smaller
15.88 mm 80
19.5 mm 100
Reducer Valve:
10.13.6. BRAZING WORK Open this valve only
0.03 to 0.05 MPa
when supplying
(0.3 to 0.5 Kgcm G)
1. The most important work in the refrigerant piping work
is brazing work. If leakage due to careless mistakes
hydration generation accidentally occurs, it will cause
clogged capillary pipes or serious compressor failure.
2. Pipe Dimensions after Expanding.
It is important to control the clearance of the pipe
fitting portion as shown below. In the case that a ATTENTION:
cooper tube expansion jig is used, the following - Use nitrogen gas for blowing during pipe brazing. If
dimensions should be secured. oxygen, acetylene or fluorocarbon gas is used, it will
cause an explosion or poisonous gas.
- A lot of oxidation film will occur inside of tubes if no
nitrogen gas blowing is performed during brazing
work. This film will be flecked off after operation and
will circulate in the cycle, resulting in clogged
expansion valves, etc. This will cause bad influence to
the compressor.
- Use a reducer valve when nitrogen gas blowing is
performed during brazing. The gas pressure should be
maintained within 0.03 to 0.05 Mpa. If a excessively
high pressure is applied to a pipe, it will cause an
explosion.
10.13.7. FLUSHING REFRIGERANT PIPES 10.13.8. AIR TIGHT PRESURE TEST
It is required to remove Oxidation Film, Moisture or Dusts in After perform the piping work, brazing work and before to
case of insufficient Nitrogen Blow during Brazing, or change new refrigerant R407C, it is required to check that
Careless Handling of Tubes. brazing is completely performed without any leakage after
refrigerant pipe brazing. In particular, the new refrigerant
R407C, operates in a higher pressures than R22. Therefore,
Release the pressure at a time
after the hand can not close due
it needs more careful brazing work.
to the pipe and pressure.
1. Connect a manifold gauge to the check joint an the liquid
side and gas side stop valves. Gradually increase the
Attach a flare plug and close the pressure step by step without opening the stop valves.
end until flushing work is
completely performed.
0.5 MPa
Step 1 5 min or over able to find
(~5 kgcm)
small
1.5 MPa leakage
Flare Stop Outdoor Unit Step 2 5 min or over
(~15 kgcm)
Nut Valve
Indoor Unit 1
Stop
Valve

Gas able to find
Pipe 3.3 MPa
Step 3 24 h or over fine
(~33 kgcm)
leakage
Liquid
Indoor Unit 2 Pipe
Manifold Valve
DO NOT exceed Open this valve
Outdoor Unit More than 3.3Mpa. when nitrogen is
Open this
when nitrogen supplied
is supplied. Reducer
Liquid Stop Valve
Compound Valve
Pressure
Gauge
Reducer
Flare Gas Stop Valve
Plug
Dried Nitrogen
High
Pressure Dried
Hose Nitrogen
- Open the stop valve of a nitrogen cylinder and increase
Manifold Valve
the pressure up to 5 bar through a reducer valve.
- Check to ensure that nitrogen gas is discharged from
de service port in the outdoor unit. Nitrogen gas should be used for an air tight test. If
- FLUSHING: Perform flushing work for the pipes to the accidentally oxygen or acetylene or fluorocarbon gas is
indoor units one by one used, it will cause an explosion or poisonous gas.
- Close the outlet of the pipe by hand. Release the
pressure at a time after the hand can not close the pipe
2. Perform an air tight test with a pressure of 3.3 MPa
end due to pressure. (first flushing).
(= 33 kgcm) for R407c holding for 24 hours. If no
- Release the pressure at a time after the hand can not pressure decrease is observed, it is judged that no
close the pipe end due to pressure. (second flushing). leakage exist. If a pressure decrease is observed, check
- Check the contents and quantity of dusts by applying for leakage. However, in the case that there is ambient
cloth at the end of the pipe at flushing. If slight water is temperature difference between the pressure applying
detected, perform a vacuum drying to remove moisture time and the final check time, perform the following
completely. temperature correction, since pressure are different
- Perform the same work for gas piping after liquid piping. according to an ambient temperature by approx. 0.01
MPa (=0.1 kgcm) per 1C.
Correction:
Temp at Pressure Applying Time (Temp. at Checking
Time) x 0.01 MPa (or 0.1 kgcm)
Example: Pressure
(mmHg)
Pressure Temperature
Atomosphere
When pressure Pressure
3.3 MPa (33 kgcm) R407c 28C
is applied
After 24 hours 3.25MPa (32.5 kgcm) Abnormality
23C (Leakage or Moisture)
R407c
Correction 0.01=0.05 MPa
(28-23) x { 0.1=0.5 kgcm
5C
3. If any leakage is detected locate it as follows:

1~2 hr
Check by Listening: Listen to sound from a leakage portion 755 mmHg Time
Check by touching: Check for a leakage portion by touching
Check by foaming agent: Apply foaming agent 1 hr
10.13.9. VACUUM DRYING

Vacuum Pumping Stop of Pump
The purpose of vacuum drying is to dry inside of the
refrigeration cycle by decreasing pressures, evaporating
moisture and discharging moisture and air from the
refrigeration cycle. It is requires to strictly perform vacuum
pumping work, due to its characteristics of the refrigerant Evaporation of water
R407C and lubrication oil. If moisture remains inside of the
refrigerating cycle, will cause hydration, resulting in Water boiling temperature is 100 C under atmosphere.
abnormal pressure due to clogging in the refrigeration cycle, However, boiling point decreases when vacuum degree
also oxidation reaction with synthetic oil will cause insulation is increased.
deterioration of the compressor motor. Therefore, the higher vacuum degree is, the higher
vacuum drying is available.
Perform vacuum pumping until an appropriate vacuum
degree is obtained due to its high absorption. In the case that dewing inside piping is suspected, it is
not easy to obtain the high vacuum degree due to dew
Use a good vacuum pump, which provides a high
evaporation and it requires to control the degree strictly.
vacuum degree performance
It is preferable to obtain a vacuum degree of 755 mmHg
Use a new manifold valve and a charging hose only for (5 to 2 Torr).
the new refrigerant
Perform vacuum pumping work according to the following Manifold Valve for
procedures. new Refrigerant
1. Check to ensure that the liquid and gas stop valves
are completely closed. Gas Stop Valve
2. Connect a manifold valve, a vacuum pump, a vacuum
gauge for the new refrigerant to stop valves. Liquid Stop Valve
3. Operate the vacuum pump for more than 2 hours until.
In the case that the vacuum degree of 755 mmHg is not To refrigerant
Cylinder
available, check for any leakage, since a leakage or
existence of moisture is suspected. Indoor Unit
Vacuum Pump
After the check, operate the vacuum pump more than
one hour.
Check of vacuum degree 7. Fully open the gas line stop valve
The vacuum degree should be checked by a vacuum 8. Slightly open the liquid line stop valve
gauge. However, vacuum degree reading is not available 9. Charge the required refrigerant by operating the system
by the gauge connected to the manifold valve. It is (Setting the remote control switch at cool)
recommended that a digital type vacuum gauge be used.
10. Fully open the liquid line stop valve after completing
refrigerant charge.
CAUTION:
- Do not charge OXYGEN, ACETYLENE, or other
flammable and poisonous gases into the refrigerant
cycle when performing a leakage test or an airtight
test. These types of gases are extremely dangerous,
because an explosion can occur. It is recommended
that oxygen free nitrogen be charged for these types
of tests.
- Insulate the unions and flare-nuts at the piping
connection part completely.
- Insulate the liquid piping completely to avoid a
decrease of performance; if not, it will cause sweating
on the surface of the pipe.
- Charge refrigerant correctly. Overcharging or
insufficient charging could cause a compressor failure.
- Check for refrigerant leakage in detail. If a large
refrigerant leakage occurred, it would cause difficulty
with breathing or harmful gases would occur if a fire
were being used in the room.
10.13.10. REFRIGERANT CHARGE PROCEDURE
After finish the sumarized evaucation procedure, refrigerant

charging procedure should be performed according to the Insulation for Piping
next instructions:
Insulate the gas piping
and the liquid piping
1. The stop valves have been closed before shipment, Gas Piping separately and wrap the
however, ensure that the stop valves are closed piping from the outside
completely.
Liquid Piping
2. Connect the indoor unit and the outdoor unit with field-
supplied refrigerant tubes.
Stop Valve and Liquid Side
3. Connect the gauge manifold using charging hoses to a
Stop Valve and Gas Side
vacuum pump, a refrigerant charging cylinder and a
nitrogen cylinder to the check joint of the liquid line stop
valve. Nitrogen Cylinder
4. Check for any gas leakage at the flare nut connection, by
Manifold Gauge
using oxygen free nitrogen gas to increase the pressure
Refrigerant Charge Cylinder
inside of the field-supplied tubes.
5. Operate the vacuum pump until the pressure decreases
lower than a pressure of -756 mm Hg in vacuum. Vacuum Pump
6. Charge refrigerant (only if necessary according to data in Insulation for Piping:

chapter 13.12) by opening the gauge manifold valve. If Gas and liquid piping must be separately insulated
the required quantity cannot be charged, follow
procedures (7) to (9). Otherwise proceed step (10). Insulation for Connection Parts:
The connection part must be insulated by the field supplied
insulation materials.
NOTE: Nitrogen:
An excess or a shortage of refrigerant is the main For Leakage Test and Brazing
cause of trouble to the units. Charge the correct
refrigerant quantity as indicated in chapter 13.12.
10.14. REFRIGERANT CHARGING QUANTITY
Refrigerant has been charged into this unit for 10 m of CAUTION:

length pipe. It is required that additional refrigerant be When charging refrigerant accurately measure
charged according the piping length if it is higher than 10 m refrigerant to be charged.
1. Determine an additional refrigerant quantity according to Overcharging or undercharging of refrigerant can
the following procedure, and charge it into the system. cause compressor trouble
2. Record the additional refrigerant quantity to facilitate
service activities thereafter.
10.14.1. SINGLE SYSTEM
RCI-2.0 RCI-2.5 RCI-3.0 RCI-3.5 RCI-4.0 RCI-5.0 RCI-6.0 RPI-8 RPI-10

RCD-2.0 RCD-2.5 RCD-3.0 RCD-4.0 RCD-5.0 Indoor
RPC-2.0 RPC-2.5 RPC-3.0 RPC-3.5 RPC-4.0 RPC-5.0 RPC-6.0 Unit
Indoor Unit RPI-2.0 RPI-2.5 RPI-3.0 RPI-3.5 RPI-4.0 RPI-5.0 RPI-6.0
Model RPK-2.0 RPK-2.5 RPK-3.0 RPK-3.5
RPF(I)- RPF(I)-
2.0 2.5
Outdoor Unit RAS-2 RAS-2.5 RAS-3 RAS-3.5 RAS-4 RAS(C)- RAS-6 RAS-8 RAS-10
5
Actual total Piping Length
0-30 0-30 0-50 0-50 0-50 0-50 0-50 0-50 0-50
(m)
Piping size Out. Dia. (mm) 15.88 15.88 15.88 15.88 19.05 19.05 19.05 28.60 28.60
for gas Thickness
line (mm)
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Piping size Out. Dia. (mm) 6.35 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 12.70 15.88
Liquid Line Thickness
(mm)
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0
Factory charged
Quantity in Outdoor unit (kg) 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.5 4 4.5 4.7 7.2 9.0 Outdoor
Additional Charging Quantity Unit
30 g/m 60 g/m 60 g/m 60 g/m 70 g/m 70 g/m 70 g/m 120 g/m 195 g/m
For more than 10m
Year Month Day
10.14.2. TWIN, TRIPLE AND QUAD SYSTEM
Twin sample
RAS-8HG8E
12.7
35 m
9.53 9.53
10 m 10 m
RCI-4.0FSN1E RCI-4.0FSN1E
Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation for liquid

piping (W1 Kg). See examples and fill in the following
table:
Pipe Diameter Total Piping Additional Charge

Length (kg)
15.88 0 0.195= 0
12.7 35 0.120 = 4.2
9.53 10+10 0.065 = 1.30
6.35 0 0.026 = 0.00
10 m Factory Charge W (10m)= -1.20
Example Additional Charge W1 Total = 4.3 (kg)
Total Additional Charge W1: 4.30 kg

Outdoor Unit Factory Charge Wo: 7.20 kg
Total Ref. Charge of this System: 11.50 kg
Triple sample
RAS-6HG8E
RCI-2.0FSN1E RCI-2.0FSN1E RCI-2.0FSN1E

Length (kg)
15.88 0 0.195= 0
12.7 0 0.120 = 0
9.53 20 0.065 = 1.3
6.35 (10+6+7) 0.026 = 0.60

Year Month Day
Quad sample Outdoor Unit Factory Charge
HP W0: Ref. Charge W (10m)

RAS-8HG8E
kg kg
2 2.5 0.26
2.5 2.8 0.65
3 2.8 0.65
3.5 3.5 0.65
12.7 4 4.0 0.65
20 m
5 4.5 0.65
6.35 - 10 m 6.35 - 10 m 6 4.7 0.65
8 7.2 1.20
6.35 6.35 10 9.0 1.95
8m 12 m
RCI-2.0FSN1E RCI-2.0FSN1E RCI-2.0FSN1E RCI-2.0FSN1E

Length (kg)
15.88 0 0.195= 0
12.7 20 0.120 = 2.40
9.53 0 0.065 = 0.00
6.35 (10+10+8+12) 0.026 = 1.04

Year Month Day
ELECTRICAL WIRING 11/1
11 ELECTRICAL WIRING
This chapter describes the Electrical Wiring Connection and shows how to set the Dip Switches and the H-Link System of the
new Hitachi UTOPIA G8 Series.
CONTENTS
11 ELECTRICAL WIRING _____________________________________________________ 1
11.1 General Check ___________________________________________________________ 2
11.2 Setting of DIP switches for Outdoor Unit________________________________________ 2
11.3 Setting of DIP switches for Indoor Unit and complementary systems__________________ 3
11.4 Common Wiring __________________________________________________________ 4
11.4.1 Electrical Wiring Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit ____________________________ 4
11.4.2 Wire size and main switches protection_________________________________________ 5
11.5 H-LINK System ___________________________________________________________ 6
11.5.1 Single, Twin, Triple and Quad DIP Switch Setting_________________________________ 7
11.6 PSC-5HR _______________________________________________________________ 8
11/2 ELECTRICAL WIRING
11.1 GENERAL CHECK
ATTENTION: NOTE:
Turn OFF the main power switch to the indoor unit and Fix the rubber bushes with adhesive when conduit
the outdoor unit before electrical wiring work or a tubes to the outdoor unit are not used.
periodical check is performed. 1. Make sure that the field-selected electrical components
Check to ensure that the indoor fan and the outdoor (main power switches, circuit breakers, wires, conduit
fan have stopped before electrical wiring work or a connectors and wire terminals) have been properly
periodical check is performed. selected according to the electrical data given in this
Protect the wires, drain pipe, electrical parts, etc. from technical catalog. Make sure that the components
rats or other small animals. If not protected, rats or comply with National Electrical Code (NEC).
other small animals may gnaw at unprotected parts 2. Check to ensure that the power supply voltage is within
and at the worst, a fire will occur. 10% of the rated voltage.
Avoid the wires from touching the refrigerant pipes, 3. Check the capacity of the electrical wires. If the power
plate edges and electrical parts inside the unit. source capacity is too low, the system cannot be started
Otherwise, the wires will be damaged and at the worst, due to the voltage drop.
a fire will occur. 4. Check to ensure that the ground wire is connected.
CAUTION: 5. Power Source Main Switch

Install a multi-pole main switch with a space of 3.5mm or
Tightly secure the wires with the cord clamp inside the more between each phase.
indoor unit.
11.2 SETTING OF DIP SWITCHES FOR OUTDOOR UNIT
Quantity and position of DIP Switches DSW3: Capacity Settings

The PCB in the Outdoor Unit is operating with 5 types of No setting is required.
DIP Switches, 1 Single Switch and 1 Push Switch. Each Outdoor Unit is set before shipment as shown in
Chapter 3 SM 0033
DSW4: Refrigerant Cycle no. settings

NOTE: Setting is required if Hlink is used
See Chapter 3 SM 0033 for more details.
See Chapter 3 SM 0033
ON
DSW1: Test Operation and Option functions
Before shipment
settings 1 2 3 4
ON
Before shipment DSW5 Transmitting settings
1 2 3 4 5 6
Setting is required for cancellation of end resistance and
fuse protection as indicated in Chapter 3 SM 0033.
DSW2 Factory fixed settings
ON
ON Before shipment
Heat Pump 1 2
1 2 3 4
Normal
Operation ON PSW: Manual Defrost
Cooling Only
1 2 3 4 Press for Manual Defrost
11.3 SETTING OF DIP SWITCHES FOR INDOOR UNIT AND COMPLEMENTARY SYSTEMS
Quantity and Position of Dip Switches DSW3: Capacity Code Setting

No setting is required, due to setting before shipment. This
The PCB in the indoor unit is operated with 5 types of dip dip switch is utilized for setting the capacity code which
and rotary switch. corresponds to the Horse Power of the indoor unit as
indicated in chapter 9 SM 0033.
NOTE: DSW5: Refrigerant Cycle No. Setting

The mark indicates position of dips switches. Setting is required. Setting position before shipment are all
Figures show setting before shipment.. OFF (Refrigerant cycle No. 0). In the same refrigerant cycle,
set the same Ref. cycle number for the Outdoor Unit and for
the Indoor Units as shown in chapter 9 SM 0033.
CAUTION:
Before setting dips switches, firstly turn off power ON
source and set the position of the dips switches. If the Setting before shipment
1 2 3 4
switches are set without turning off the power source,
the contents of the setting are invalid.
DSW6: Unit Model Code Setting (Not available for RPK)
No setting is required. This switch is utilized for setting the
RSW: Unit No. Setting model code which corresponds to the indoor unit type as
Setting is required. Set the unit No. of all indoor units indicated in chapter 9 SM 0033.
respectively and serially, by following setting position shown
in chapter 9 SM 0033. Numbering must start from 1 for
every outdoor unit. DSW7: Fuse Recover and Remote Control Selection
Setting position Setting required for fuse recover or PC-2H2 selection as
indicated in chapter 9 SM 0033.
Set by inserting a
screwdriver into the
groove. ON
Setting before shipment.
1 2
DSW2: Optional Functions Setting (Only RPK) SSW: Remote Control System (except RPK, RCD)
No setting is required. This switch is utilized for setting the
optional functions as shown in chapter 9 SM 0033. New Old
PC-P1HE
Before Shipment.
ON
Setting before shipment PC2H2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (see DSW7 settings in chapter 9 SM 0033 for
connect Remote Control selection)
11.4 COMMON WIRING

- Use twisted shielded pair cable or shielded cable
CAUTION: (more than 0.75 mm) for operation wiring between
All the field wiring and electrical components must outdoor unit and indoor unit, and operation wiring
comply with local codes. between indoor unit and indoor unit.
- Use 2-core wire for the operating line (Do not use wire
with more than 3 cores).
11.4.1 ELECTRICAL WIRING BETWEEN INDOOR - Use shielded wires for intermediate wiring to protect
UNIT AND OUTDOOR UNIT the units from noise obstacle at length of less than
Connect the electrical wires between the indoor unit and the 300m and size complied with local code.
outdoor unit, as shown below. - Open a hole near the connection hole of power source
Check to ensure that the terminal for power source wiring wiring when multiple outdoor units are connected from
(terminals L1 to L1, "L2 to L2", L3 to L3" and N to N of one power source line.
each terminal board in case of AC 380-415V, and "L1 to L1" - The recommended breaker sizes are shown in Table
and "N to N" of each AC 220 - 240V) intermediate wires of electrical data and recommended Wiring, Breaker
(Operating Line: terminals 1 and 2 to 1 and 2 of each Size/1 O.U.
terminal board: DC5V) between the indoor unit and the
outdoor unit coincide correctly. If not, some component will - In the case that a conduit tube for field-wiring is not
be damaged. used, fix rubber bushes with adhesive on the panel.
- Follow local codes and regulations when performing - All the field wiring and equipment must comply with
electrical wiring. local and international codes.
- Connect the operation wiring to the units in the same
refrigerant cycle (The refrigerant piping and the control
wiring should be connected to the same indoor units). ATTENTION:
If the refrigerant piping and the control wiring are Pay attention to the connection of the operating line.
connected to the units in the different refrigerant cycle, Incorrect connection may cause the failure of PCB.
it may cause a abnormal operation.
Operating Line(Twisted Shielded Operating Line (Twisted

Pair Cable or Shielded Pair Cable) Shielded Pair Cable or
DC5V(Non Pole Transmission, Shielded Pair Cable)
ELB H-LINK System) ELB DC5V (Non Pole
Transmission, H-LINK
: System)
CB CB
:
Remote
Remote
Control
Control
Switch
Switch
Max 4 Units per Refrigerant Cycle

:Terminal Board Max 4 Units per Refrigerant Cycle
: Circuit Board
: Field Wiring
: Field Wiring
: Field-Supplied
: Optional Accessory
: Earth Leakage breaker
Table for Terminal Connection:

Wiring [Connection (Connection of Terminals)]
NOTE: Power Supply
[O.U.-O.U.(L1-L1, L2-L2, L3-L3, N-N)]
Make sure that the unit is grounded before [I.U.-I.U.(L1-L1, N-N)]
connecting the power source. Operating [O.U.-I.U., I.U.-I.U.(1-1, 2-2)]
If the unit is not grounded, the fan stops and the Remote
system issues alarm 02 after turning the main switch R, CS-IV, IV-IV, A-A. B-B
Controller
on. O.U.: Outdoor Unit, I.U.: Indoor unit
11.4.2 WIRE SIZE AND MAIN SWITCHES PROTECTION

Select the wire sizes according to the next table
Power Source Cable Transmitting Cable Size
Max. Size
Model Power Source
Current EN60 335-1 MLFC EN60 335-1 MLFC
All Indoor Units 220-240V/1/50Hz 5A 0.75 mm 0.5 mm

RAS-2(H/A)GV8E 16 A 2.5 mm 2 mm
RAS-2.5(H/A)GV8E 18 A 2.5 mm 2 mm
220-240V/1/50Hz
RAS-3(H/A)GV8E 21 A 2.5 mm 2 mm
RAS-3.5(H/A)GV8E 23 A 2.5 mm 2 mm
RAS-4(H/A)GV8E 30 A 4 mm 3.5 mm
RAS-3(H/A)G8E 8A 2.5 mm 2 mm
0.75 mm 0.5 mm
RAS-3.5(H/A)G8E 8A 2.5 mm 2 mm
RAS-4(H/A)G8E 11 A 2.5 mm 2 mm
RAS-5(H/A)G8E 380-415V/3/50Hz 14 A 2.5 mm 2 mm
RASC-5(H/A)G8E 15 A 4 mm 2 mm
RAS-6(H/A)G8E 15 A 4 mm 3.5 mm
RAS-8(H/A)G8E 22 A 4 mm 3.5 mm
RAS-10(H/A)G8E 28 A 6 mm 5.5 mm
The above wire sizes marked with are selected at the Selection according to Selection according to MLFC
maximum current of the unit according to the European EN60 335-1 (at cable Temp. Of 60 C)
Standard, EN60 335-1. Wire Size Wire Size
Current i (A) Current i (A)
(mm) (mm)
The above wire sizes marked with are selected at the I6 0.75 I 15 0.5
maximum current of the unit according to the wire, MLFC 6 < i 10 1 15 < i 18 0.75
(Flame Retardant Polyflex Wire) manufactured by 10 < i 16 1.5 18 < i 24 1.25
HITACHI Cable Ltd. Japan. 16 < i 25 2.5 24 < i 34 2
In case that the power cables are connected in series, add 25 < i 32 4 34 < i 47 3.5
each unit maximum current and select according to the next 32 < i 40 6 47 < i 62 5.5
table. 40 < i 63 10 62 < i 78 8
63 < i 78 < i 112 14
112 < i 147 22
NOTE: In case that current exceeds 63 A do not connect cables
Follow local codes and regulations when selecting in series
field wires, Circuit breakers and Earth Leakage
breakers
Use the wires which are not lighter than the ordinary
polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code
designation H05RN-F)
The earth cable size complied with local code: IEC
245, No. 571.
Main switches protection

CB ELB
Max.
Model Power Source (A) no.
Current
poles/A/mA
All Indoor Units 220-240V/1/50Hz 5A 6
RAS-2.5(H/A)G8E 6A 10
RAS-3(H/A)G8E 8A
15
RAS-3.5(H/A)G8E 8A
RAS-4(H/A)G8E 11 A
4/4030
RAS-5(H/A)G8E 380-415V/3/50Hz 14 A 20
RASC-5(H/A)G8E 25A 32
RAS-6(H/A)G8E 15 A 25
RAS-8(H/A)G8E 22 A 25
RAS-10(HA)G8E 28 A 32
RAS-2(H/A)GV8E 16 A 20
RAS-2.5(H/A)GV8E 18 A 25
RAS-3(H/A)GV8E 220-240V/1/50Hz 21 A 32 2/4030
RAS-3.5(H/A)GV8E 23 A
40
RAS-4(H/A)GV8E 30 A
ELB: Earthleakage Breaker; CB: Circuit Breaker

11.5 H-LINK SYSTEM
NOTE: 3. System Example of H-LINK

The H-LINK system can not be applied to the cycle
Using H-LINK System For Only Air Conditioners:
with the old model unit or the unit with old
There are two typical cases of using H-LINK system;
transmission.
(1) Using H-LINK System For Only Air Conditioners, and
1. Application
(2) Using H-LINK System For Air Conditioners With
The new H-LINK wiring system requires only two (2) Central Control Device, and the system examples are
transmission wires connecting each indoor unit and as shown
outdoor unit for up to 16 refrigerant cycles, and
Using H-Link connection for only conditioning
connecting wires for all indoor units and all outdoor units
in series. - Line Connection with All units
This H-LINK system can be applied to the following
models.
Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit
RCI-OOOFSN1E
RCD-OOOFSN
RPC-OOOFSNE Outdoor Units Do not
RPI-OOOFSNE RAS-OOOG8E make
RPI-OOOHG7E RASC-OOOG8E wiring in a
RPK-OOOFSNM loop
RPF-OOOFSNE
RPFI-OOOFSNE
Indoor Units
2. Features
The H-LINK has the following features and specifications:
Features:
The total wiring length is remarkably reduced.
Only one (1) connection is required for the wiring
between the indoor unit and outdoor unit. - Line Connection for Each Floor
Easy wiring connection to the central controllers
Example of H-LINK System:
Outdoor Units
Outdoor
Unit
Transmission Wires
Indoor Units
Refrigerant Piping
Using H-Link connection for conditioning with Central

Control device
Indoor Units
CS-NET - In case that H-LINK is not applied when electrical
wiring is performed
Specifications:
- Transmission Wire: 2-Wire
Outdoor Units
- Polarity of Transmission Wire: Non-Polar Wire
- Maximum Outdoor Units To Be Connected: 16 Units
per H-LINK system.
- Maximum Indoor Units To Be Connected: 4 Units per
cycle and 64 Units per H-LINK system (in case of all
Utopia Series)
- Maximum Wiring Length: Total 1000m (including
CS-NET)
- Recommended Cable: Twist Shielded Pair Cable or CS-NET Indoor Units
shield pair cable over 0.75mm
- Voltage: DC5V
- In case that H-LINK is applied when electrical wiring is

performed NOTE:
The maximum quantity of units to be connected is 16
outdoor units and 64 indoor units.
Outdoor Units Do not make a wiring in a loop.
4. Dip Switch Setting of Indoor PCB and Outdoor PCB.

It is required to set dip switches of every indoor unit and
outdoor unit
Indoor Units
CS-NET
11.5.1 SINGLE, TWIN, TRIPLE AND QUAD DIP SWITCH SETTING
In case that H-Link is not applied to the Indoor and Outdoor Unit combination, the DIP Switch setting must be as follow:
SINGLE TWIN TRIPLE QUAD
In case that H-Link is applied to the Indoor and outdoor Unit Mark Description
combination, the DIP Switch setting must be as follow: DSW5 (End Terminal Resistance)
DSW4 (Refrigerant Cycle)
Cycle No 0 Cycle No 1 Cycle No 2 Outdoor Unit

Indoor Units
DSW5 (Refrigerant Cycle)
Before
Shipment Cancelation Cancelation RSW (Indoor Unit Address)
Name of Setting
Unit Dip Mark Before Function
Switch Shipment
ON
Refrigera For setting refrigerant cycle address of outdoor unit. Set the DSW4 not to overlap the setting of other
DSW4
nt Cycle outdoor units in the same H-LINK system
1 2 3 4
Outdoor For matching impedance of transmission circuit. Set the DSW5 according to the quantity of outdoor
Unit End units in the H-LINK system.
ON
Terminal DSW5- Setting of End Terminal Resistance
Resistanc 1P Before shipment, No.1 pin of DSW5 is set at the ON side.
1 2 In the case that the outdoor units quantity in the same H-link is 2 or more, set No.1 pin of DSW5 at the
e
OFF side from the 2nd unit. If only one outdoor unit is used, no setting is required.
ON
Refrigera For setting refrigerant cycle address of indoor unit. Set the DSW5 corresponding to the address of
DSW5
nt Cycle outdoor unit in the same refrigerant cycle.
1 2 3 4
Indoor
Unit Indoor
0
For setting indoor unit address. Set the RSW not to overlap the setting of other indoor units in the
Unit RSW same refrigerant cycle.
Address
11.6 PSC-5HR
1. Installation of PSC-5HR
Refer to "Installation & Operation Manual of PSC-5HR
NOTE:
- You can install a maximum of Four H-LINK
(PMML 0094A)" for details concerning the safety
relays in one system.
summary and the installation work.
- Make sure that the quantity of connections are
the following:
2. Electrical wiring - Ref. System Quantity: within 16
SYSTEM - Indoor Unit Quantity: within 64 (For Utopia
system)
Outdoor unit
Total Length of each divided H-LINK: up to
P\\C Control station
1000m
H-LINK 1
- If the H-LINK is divided into five blocks as shown
Indoor Unit
H-LINK H-LINK 2 beside, set the end terminal resistance in each
Relay H-LINK 3
H-LINK H-LINK relay
Relay
H-LINK H-LINK
CAUTION:
Relay Relay
- Make sure that the power source voltage is
correct.
- An incorrect wiring may cause a breakdown of
the transformer PSC-5HR or the units
H-LINK 4 H-LINK 5
- Especially, DO NOT connect the power source
to the terminal board for transmission.
3. Internal layout
- DO NOT install the H-LINK wires along the
Terminal Board for power supply wire, other signal wires, and
Transformer
Transmission \\ Ring Core others. If you install the H-LINK wires along
H-LINK those wires, there may be a malfunction due to
CN1
DSW1
\\
CN6
to the unit to
be connected 1 2 Power source the electrical noise. If you need to install the H-
CN
DSW2
\\ Terminal board LINK wires near those wires, provide a distance
\\ of 15 cm or more. Or alternatively, insert the
CN3 PCN
H-LINK DSW3
\\ Power
wires into the steel pipe and ground one end of
1
2 1
to the unit to source
be connected \\ AC220V the pipe.
Control PCB or AC240V
Terminal Board \\ Earth screw
for Transmission
AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS 12/1
12 AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS

This chapter gives a brief explanation of the available optional functions for the new Hitachi UTOPIA G8 Series.
CONTENTS
12 AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS _________________________________________ 1
12.1. Indoor Units Available Optional Functions ______________________________________ 2
12.2. Outdoor Units Avalilable Optional Functions_____________________________________ 2
12.3. Remote Controllers Available Optional Functions_________________________________ 3
12/2 AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS
12.1. INDOOR UNITS AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS

In the table bellow there is some information about the optional functions for FSN Series, for more information check the
Service Manual, code 0033 Chapter 7.
ECO-
Optional function Useful explanation RCI RCD RPC RPI RPK RPF RPFI KPI NO-
FRESH
Remote Control ON/OFF This function provides a control to
Function stop and start the system from a
remote place. This optional function
O O O O O O O O O
is very useful to hotels and offices
buildings to control the indoor units
from building management system.
Cancellation of This function stops the indoor unit
Commands from Remote and cancels the commands from
O O O O O O O O O
Control Switch After the remote controller while it is
Forced Stoppage activated.
Cooling or Heating This function provides a control to
Operation mode setting change the operation mode from a O O O O O O O X O
remote place.
Control By Field-Supplied This function allows to control the
Room Thermostat unit by an external thermostat. This
O O O O O O O X X
could reduce the problems due to
stratification of indoor air.
Remote Temperature Instead of using the Inlet Air
Sensor Control Thermistor to control the unit, it is
using the average between the Inlet O O O O O O O X X
Air Thermistor and the Remote
Temperature sensor
Pick Up Signals This function allows to give up
information about how is working
O O O O O O O O O
the unit in order to activate the
necessary devices
Automatic Operation when This function retains the settings of
Power Supply ON the unit if power supply is
O O O O O O O O O
interrupted. The unit will start when
power is restored.
Restarting Function After This function retains the settings of
Power Failure the unit if power supply is
interrupted. The unit will restart O O O O O O O O O
when power is restored if the unit
was ON before the power failure
Optional Sensor This function is to connect an
Connection enthalpic sensor or a CO2 X X X X X X X X O
concentration sensor.
X Not available
O Available
12.2. OUTDOOR UNITS AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS
Optional function Useful explanation

Demand thermo off When this function is activated the compressor is stopped and the indoor units are put
under Thermo-OFF condition.
Defrosting Condition Change Over This function changes the defrosting operation conditions. It is specially interesting for
cold areas.
Release ambient temperature Limit This function allows to increase the limit outdoor temperature in heating mode and
cooling mode.
Defrost indoor unit fan speed This function activates the Indoor fans as a cycle (2 min ON, 6 min OFF) in order to
reduce the unpleasent aspects of Indoor Thermo-OFF working conditions.
AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS 12/3
12.3. REMOTE CONTROLLERS AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS
Items Optional Functions Setting Condition Contents Description

Removal of Heating 00 Not Available This function is used to eliminate the
) Temperature Calibration 01 Available 4 C shift.
Circulation Function at 00 Not Available This function is to avoid the stratification
) Heating Thermo-OFF 01 Available of air.
Enforced 3 Minutes This function is used to guard the
00 Not Available
) Minimum Operation Time compressor when it frequently starts and
01 Available
of Compressor stops
00 Standard With this function is possible to change
01 100 hours the time when the remote controller
Change of Filter Cleaning
) 02 1200 hours advise about when is necessary to
Time
03 2500 hours change the air filter.
04 Not Indication
00 Not Available This function eliminates the possibility of
) Fixing of Operation Mode
01 Available changing operation mode.
Fixing of Setting 00 Not Available This function eliminates the possibility of
) Temperature 01 Available changing setting temperature.
Fixing of Operation as 00 Not Available This function eliminates Heating mode.
) Exclusive Cooling Unit 01 Available
Automatic COOL/HEAT 00 Not Available This function changes automatically from
) Operation 01 Available Cool to Heat
00 Not Available This function eliminates the possibility of
) Fixing of Air Volume
01 Available changing fan speed.
Not prepared
Not prepared
Not prepared
00 Not Available This function is used to activate the drain
Drain Pump in Heating
01 Available pump in Heating mode.
00 Medium Static Pressure This function is used to change the static
(Factory Setting) pressure levels from the remote
Static Pressure Selection
01 Hi Static Pressure controller on the RPI units.
02 Low Static Pressure
00 Normal This function is used to change the fan
Increasing Fan Speed speed due to the high ceiling.
01 Increasing speed 1
(RCI,RCD)
02 Increasing speed 2
Hi Speed at Heating 00 Not Available This function is used to increase the fan
Thermo-OFF 01 Available speed when Thermo-OFF
Cancelling of Enforced 3 This function is used to cancel the
Minutes 00 Not Available Enforced 3 Minutes
Minimum Operation Time 01 Available Minimum Operation Time of
of Compressor Compressor
This function is used to control the unit
Control by Indoor with the thermistor of remote control.
00
Suction Thermistor
Control by Thermistor of
Thermistor of Remote 01
Remote Control Switch
Control Switch
Control by Average
value of Indoor Suction
02 Thermistor and
Thermistor of Remote
Control Switch
Not prepared
Not prepared
Forced Stoppage Input With this function we select the forced
Selection of Forced 00 A Contact stoppage logic.
) Stoppage Logic 01 Forced Stoppage Input
B Contact
Not prepared
This function retains the settings of the

00 Not Available
+ Power Supply ON/OFF 1 unit if power supply is interrupted. The
01 Available
unit will start when power is restored.
+ Not prepared
12/4 AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS
Items Optional Functions Setting Condition Contents Description

This function retains the settings of the
00 Not Available unit if power supply is interrupted. The
+ Power Supply ON/OFF 2
01 Available unit will restart when power is restored if
the unit was ON before the power failure
(Econofresh) All Fresh 00 Not Available This function is able to open the outdoor
Operation 01, 02 Available air damper.
00 Automatic Ventilation This function is used to set the

Ventilation by Total Heat ventilation mode of the total heat
01
(KPI) Ventilation mode Exchanger exchanger.
Bypass Ventilation (No
02
Total Heat Exchanger)
(Econofresh) Enthalpy 00 Not Available This function can set the Enthalpy
Sensor 01 Available Sensor Input
This function is used to make the room
(KPI) Increasing Supply 00 Not Available
pressure higher than the surrounded
Air Volume 01 Available
room
Not prepared
00 Not Available This function can set the Gas Sensor
(Econofresh) Gas Sensor
01, 02 Available Input
(KPI) 00 Standard This function delays the start up of the
Precooling/Preheating 01 30 minutes total heat exchanger operation.
Period 02 60 minutes
Not prepared
00 No Function This function is used to set the OFF
01 OFF Timer by 1 Hour timer function automatically when the
Automatic Setting for OFF 02 OFF Timer by 2 Hour unit is started by the remote control
Timer ~ switch.
23 OFF Timer by 23 Hours
24 OFF Timer By 24 Hours
Remote Control 00 Main This function is used when to remote
Main-Sub Setting 01 Sub control are installed in one system.
TROUBLESHOOTING 13/1
13 TROUBLESHOOTING
This chapter provides you with a concise description of the most common alarm codes of the new Hitachi UTOPIA G8 Series.
CONTENTS
13 TROUBLESHOOTING _____________________________________________________ 1
13.1. Alarm Codes _____________________________________________________________ 2
13/2 TROUBLESHOOTING
13.1. ALARM CODES
If RUN lamp flashes for 2 seconds, there is a failure in If RUN lamp flashes 6 times (5 seconds) with unit number and
transmission between Indoor Unit and Remote Control alarm code displayed, note the alarm code (see table below)
Switch. Possible causes are: and ask your contractor for service.
Remote Cable broken Unit Number Alarm Code Model Code
Contact Failure in Remote Control Cable

IC or Microcomputer defective
In any case, ask your contractor for service
Refrigerant Cycle Number Number of connected Units
Alarm Codes
Code Category Contents of Abnormality Leading Cause
Indoor unit Safety Device of the Indoor Unit is tripped Failure Float Switch PCB
Outdoor Unit Safety device of outdoor unit is tripped High pressure Switch, failure of fan Motor
Abnormality between Indoor and Outdoor Unit Incorrect wiring, failure of PCB, tripping of Fuse. Power
Transmission
(or Indoor) supply off.
Abnormality of Power source wiring Reverse phase incorrect wiring
Cycle Abnormality high temperature in the top of comp. Insufficient Refrigerant. Ref-leakage, clogging capillary
Inlet Air Thermistor
Outlet Air Thermistor
Sensor on Failure of Thermistor, sensor, connection
Freeze protection Thermistor
Indoor Unit
Fresh Outdoor Air Thermistor (Econofresh)
Tripping of Protection Device for Fan Motor Failure of Fan Motor

Top Compressor Thermistor
Sensor on
Outdoor Air Thermistor Failure of Thermistor, sensor, Connection
Outdoor Unit
Evaporating thermistor (defrosting)
Incorrect Setting of Outdoor and Indoor Unit Incorrect Setting of Capacity Code.
Existence of the same Indoor Unit No. in the same
Incorrect Setting in Indoor/Outdoor Unit No.
refrigerant cycle
System
Failure of Indoor Unit PCB. Incorrect Wiring
Abnormality of Protective Circuit in Outdoor Unit
Connection to PCB in Outdoor Unit.
Abnormality of Running Current at Compressor Overcurrent, Melted Fuse or failure of current sensor.
Heat Exchanger Airflow obstacle, short circuit and
Excessive Overload during Cooling Operation
locked fan motor.
Pressure
Excessive Overload during Heating Operation Heat Exchanger Airflow obstacle, short circuit.
Low pressure Decrease Protection Activating Insuficient refrigerant. Refrigerant Leak (Hex Lock).
Sensor on the Room temperature thermistor
Failure of Thermistor, Sensor ,Connection.
KPI Unit Outdoor temperature thermistor
Hitachi Air Conditioning Products Europe, S.A.
Ronda Shimizu, 1 - Polg. Ind. Can Torrella
08233 Vacarisses (Barcelona) Espaa
ISO 9002 certified by AENOR, Spain
HITACHI is participating in the EUROVENT Certification Programme.

Products are as specified in the EUROVENT Directory of Certified
Products.
Products are manufactured according to the ISO certification system.

Air Conditioning Systems Operation, Shimizu-shi,
Shizuoka-ken, Japan: ISO9001 certified by JQA, Japan
Hitachi Air Conditioning Products (M) Sdn. Bnd.

Lot No. 10, Jalan Kemajan Bangi Industrial Estate
43650 Bandar Baru Bangi
Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia
Certification ISO 9001, Malaysia
TCGB0033 - rev.0-12/04 - Printed in Spain

Tcgbutopia G8

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tcgbutopia G8

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UTOPIA

1 FEATURES AND BENEFITS 10 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND REFRIGERANT

7 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

9 REMOTE CONTROLLERS OPERATION

Units Code List

INDOOR UNITS FSN(E/M)

RCI RCD RPC RPI

INDOOR UNITS FSN(E/M)

RPK RPF RPFI

RPI- 3.0 F S N (1) (E)

UTOPIA OUTDOOR UNITS

UTOPIA BIG OUTDOOR UNITS CENTRIFUGAL OUTDOOR UNIT

Centrifugal Type H: Heat pump

KPI-2521 Total Heat Exchanger 60277481

KPI-5021 Total Heat Exchanger 60277482

KPI-8021 Total Heat Exchanger 60277483

KPI-10021 Total Heat Exchanger 60277484

EF-5GE Econofresh Kit 7E774148

ACCESSORIES CODE LIST

PC-P1HE Remote Control Switch 7E799954

PSC-5S Central Station 60291050

PSC-5T 7 Day Timer 60291052

PC-P5H Optional Remote Controller 60290879

Accesory Name Code Figure

PC-LH3A Wireless Control Switch 60291059

Receiver Kit (2-Wires)

PSC-5HR H-LINK Relay 60291105 (not shown)

PCC 1A Optional Function Connector 60199286 (not shown)

THM-R2AE Remote Sensor (THM4) 7E799907

HARC-BXE (A) 60290874

DBS-26 Drain Discharging Boss 60299192

Accesory Name Code Figure

P-G23WA2 Air Panel 60290535

P-G23DWA1 Air Panel 60299570

P-G46DWA1 Air Panel 60299571

TE-03 Distributors 7E700007

TE-04 Distributors 6E200001

TE-56 Distributors 6E200002

TE-08 Distributors 7E700003

TE-10 Distributors 7E700004

TRE-06 Distributors 7E700005

QE-810 Distributors 7E700006

B-23H4 Adopter for deodorant filter 60199790 (not shown)

1 FEATURES AND BENEFITS

1 FEATURES AND BENEFITS ________________________________________________ 1

1.1. System description

1.1.1. General overview

Hitachi is proud to announce the introduction of the new

Indoor Unit SET FREE FSG(1)/FXG(1)/FSN/FXN

The system provides effortless selection, easy control,

1.1.2. A wide rage of choice

The SYSTEM FREE line-up for UTOPIA G8 has been

HP 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 8 10

9 New FSNE Range : Current UTOPIA Range

1.1.3. Combination flexibility

With its modular design the new UTOPIA G8 series

The systems are offered in the following combinations:

Single, Twin or Triple with the UTOPIA range of outdoor

Examples of the various combinations:

Single with UTOPIA G8 series outdoor unit

Quad with UTOPIA Big Single with Centrifugal Utopia Unit

It is possible to connect two, three or four indoor units

HP TWIN TRIPLE QUAD

NOTE: 2. The Sound Pressure Level is based on the following

NOTE: 2. The Sound Pressure Level is based on the following